PRICE T ROWE PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS INC
497, 1995-03-10
Previous: AMERICAN CAPITAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES FUND INC, N-30D, 1995-03-10
Next: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS MUNICIPAL INV TR FD MON PYMT SER 556, 487, 1995-03-10









                    PAGE 1

                    Prospectus for the T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy
          Funds, Inc.,
                    dated July 29, 1994, revised to February 6, 1995 should
          be
                    inserted here.

                    
PROSPECTUS

To Open an Account
Investor Services
1-800-638-5660
1-410-547-2308

For Existing Accounts
Shareholder Services
1-800-225-5132
1-410-625-6500

For Yields & Prices
Tele*Access (registered trademark)
1-800-638-2587
1-410-625-7676
24 hours, 7 days

Investor Centers
101 East Lombard St.
Baltimore, MD

T. Rowe Price
Financial Center
10090 Red Run Blvd.
Owings Mills, MD

Farragut Square
900 17th St., N.W.
Washington, D.C.

ARCO Tower
31st Floor
515 South Flower St.
Los Angeles, CA

Invest With Confidence

To help you achieve your financial goals, T. Rowe Price offers a wide range of
stock, bond, and money market investments, as well as convenient services and
timely, informative reports.

T. ROWE PRICE
PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS

T. ROWE PRICE
PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS, INC.
JULY 29, 1994
REVISED TO FEBRUARY 6, 1995

A FAMILY OF FUNDS DIVERSIFIED ACROSS STOCKS, BONDS, AND MONEY MARKET
SECURITIES TO OFFER THREE LEVELS OF POTENTIAL RISK AND REWARD.

Facts at a Glance

Investment Goals Each of the three funds seeks the highest total return over
time consistent with its particular investment strategy and level of potential
risk. There is no assurance the funds will achieve their objectives.

Strategies and Risk/Reward Potential 

Each fund will invest in a diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds, and money
market securities. The investment mix will be shifted gradually within
specified ranges for each fund according to the manager's outlook for the
economy and the financial markets. 

Generally, the higher the fund's stock component, the greater the potential
return and risk of price decline.

Income Fund. To moderate price fluctuations, approximately 50% to 70% of
assets invested in bonds and money market securities with the balance in
stocks. Risk/Reward Potential: Lower risk and return than the other two funds. 

Balanced Fund. For both appreciation and income, approximately 50% to 70% of
assets invested in stocks with the remainder in bonds and money market
securities. Risk/Reward Potential: Higher risk and return than the Income Fund
but less than the Growth Fund.

Growth Fund. For greater appreciation, approximately 70% to 90% of assets
invested in stocks, with the balance in bonds and money market securities.
Risk/Reward Potential: Highest expected risk and return of the three funds. 

Investor Profile Individuals who seek to match their investment goals, time
horizon and risk tolerance with a single investment that diversifies across
several asset categories. Appropriate for both regular and tax-deferred
accounts, such as IRAs.

Fees and Charges 100% no-load. No fees or charges to buy or sell shares or to
reinvest dividends; no 12b-1 marketing fees; free telephone exchange.

Investment Manager Founded in 1937 by the late Thomas Rowe Price, Jr., 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. ("T. Rowe Price") and its affiliates were
managing over $53 billion for approximately three million individual and
institutional investor accounts as of March 31, 1994.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EX-CHANGE COMMISSION, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION,
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

T. ROWE PRICE
PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS, INC.
JULY 29, 1994
REVISED TO 
FEBRUARY 6, 1995

PROSPECTUS

CONTENTS

_______________________________________________________________
1   About the Personal Strategy Funds           
_______________________________________________________________
    Transaction and Fund Expenses                 2
_______________________________________________________________
    Financial Highlights                          3
_______________________________________________________________
    Fund and Market Characteristics               4
_______________________________________________________________
2   About Your Account
_______________________________________________________________
    Pricing Shares; 
    Receiving Sale Proceeds                       9
_______________________________________________________________
    Distributions and Taxes                      10
    Transaction Procedures and
    Special Requirements                         12
_______________________________________________________________
3   More About the Funds
_______________________________________________________________
    Organization and Management                  14
_______________________________________________________________
    Understanding Fund Performance               16
_______________________________________________________________
    Investment Policies and Practices            16
_______________________________________________________________
4   Investing With T. Rowe Price
_______________________________________________________________
Meeting Requirements
for New Accounts                                 24
_______________________________________________________________
Opening a New Account                            24
_______________________________________________________________
Purchasing Additional Shares                     25
_______________________________________________________________
Exchanging and Redeeming                         25
_______________________________________________________________
Shareholder Services                             26
_______________________________________________________________

THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW BEFORE INVESTING. PLEASE
KEEP IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. A STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE
FUNDS, DATED OCTOBER 1, 1994, HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION AND IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. TO OBTAIN A
FREE COPY, CALL 1-800-638-5660. 

1   About The Personal Strategy Funds

1   ABOUT THE PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS

Transaction and Fund Expenses

These tables should help you understand the kinds of expenses you will bear
directly or indirectly as a fund shareholder. The first part of the table,
"Shareholder Transaction Expenses" shows that you pay no sales charges. All
the money you invest in a fund goes to work for you, subject to the fees
explained below.  

__________________________________________________________________________
LIKE ALL T. ROWE PRICE FUNDS, THE PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS ARE 100% NO LOAD.

Shareholder Transaction Expenses
                                      Income  Balanced Growth
__________________________________________________________________________
Sales charge "load" on purchases      None    None     None
__________________________________________________________________________
Sales charge "load" on reinvested dividends   None     None None
__________________________________________________________________________
Redemption fees                       None    None     None
__________________________________________________________________________
Exchange fees                         None    None     None
__________________________________________________________________________

Percentage of Fiscal 1995 Average Net Assets  Annual Fund Expenses 

                                      Income  Balanced Growth
__________________________________________________________________________
Management fee (after reduction)      0.16%*  0.40%*  0.31%*
__________________________________________________________________________
Total other (Shareholder servicing, 
  custodial, auditing, etc.)          0.79%   0.65%   0.79%
__________________________________________________________________________
Marketing fees  (12b-1)                None    None    None
__________________________________________________________________________
Total fund expenses (after reduction) 0.95%*  1.05%*  1.10%*
__________________________________________________________________________
Note: The funds charge a $5.00 fee for wire redemptions under $5,000, subject
to change without notice.

*To limit each fund's expenses during its initial period of operations, T.
Rowe Price has agreed to waive its fees and bear any expenses through May 31,
1996, to the extent such fees or expenses would cause the Income, Balanced or
Growth Funds' ratio of expenses to average net assets to exceed 0.95%, 1.05%
and 1.10%, respectively. Fees waived or expenses paid or assumed under this
agreement are subject to reimbursement to T. Rowe Price by each fund whenever
the fund's expense ratio is below the previously stated ratio; however, no
reimbursement will be made after May 31, 1998, or if it would result in the
expense ratio exceeding the ratio as previously stated.  Without this expense
limitation, it is estimated each fund's management fee and total expense ratio
for the first period of operation would be 0.49%, 0.59% and 0.64% and 1.28%,
1.24% and 1.43% for the Income, Balanced and Growth Funds, respectively.
Organizational expenses will be charged to the funds over a period not to
exceed 60 months. 
__________________________________________________________________________
Table 1

The second half of the table, "Annual Fund Expenses," provides an estimate of
how much it will cost to operate each fund for a year, based on projected 1995
fiscal year expenses (and any expense limitations described above). These are
costs you pay indirectly, because they are deducted from the fund's total
assets before the daily share price is calculated and before dividends and
other distributions are made. In other words, you will not see these expenses
on your account statement.

The main types of expenses, which all mutual funds may charge against fund
assets, are:

o    A management fee: the percent of fund assets paid to the fund's
     investment manager. Each fund's fee is comprised of a group fee,
     discussed later, and an individual fund fee, as follows: Income 0.15%,
     Balanced 0.25%, and Growth 0.30%. 

o    "Other" administrative expenses: primarily the servicing of shareholder
     accounts, such as providing statements, reports, disbursing dividends,
     as well as custodial services. For the period ending May 31, 1995, the
     funds are expected to pay the fees shown in Table 2 to T. Rowe Price
     Services, Inc. for transfer and dividend disbursing functions and
     shareholder services; T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc. for
     recordkeeping services for certain retirement plans; and T. Rowe Price
     for fund accounting services.
__________________________________________________________________________
Service Fees Paid

                    Transfer       Subaccounting Accounting
                    Agent          Services
__________________________________________________________________________
Income              $100,000       $25,000       $55,000
__________________________________________________________________________
Balanced            $300,000       $50,000       $55,000
__________________________________________________________________________
Growth              $250,000       $37,500       $55,000
__________________________________________________________________________
Table 2

o    Marketing or distribution fees: an annual charge ("12b-1") to existing
     shareholders to defray the cost of selling shares to new shareholders.
     T. Rowe Price funds do not levy 12b-1 fees. 

     For further details on fund expenses, please see "The Funds'
     Organization and Management."

o    Hypothetical example: Assume you invest $1,000, the fund returns 5%
     annually, expense ratios remain as previously listed, and you close your
     account at the end of the time periods shown. Your expenses would be:  
__________________________________________________________________________

THE TABLE AT RIGHT IS JUST AN EXAMPLE; ACTUAL EXPENSES CAN BE HIGHER OR LOWER
THAN THOSE SHOWN.
__________________________________________________________________________
Fund                1 Year         3 Years
__________________________________________________________________________
Income              $10            $30
__________________________________________________________________________
Balanced            $11            $33
__________________________________________________________________________
Growth              $11            $35
__________________________________________________________________________
Table 3

Financial Highlights

The following table provides information about each fund's financial history.
It is based on a single share outstanding for the period July 29, 1994
(commencement of operations) to November 30, 1994. The table is part of the
fund's financial statements which are included in the fund's semi-annual
report and incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional
Information.  This document is available to shareholders upon request. The
financial statements in the semi-annual report are unaudited for the period
shown.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                         Investment Activities             Distributions

                  Net              Net Realized    Total       
   Period     Asset Value   Net   and Unrealized   from       Net     Net
    Ended      BeginningInvestment  Gain (Loss) InvestmentInvestmentRealized   Total
 November 30   of Period  Income  of InvestmentsActivities  Income   Gain  Distributions
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
  <S>          <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>

Income Fund
   1994         $10.00     $0.17b     $(0.23)     $(0.06)   $(0.08)  --        --

Balanced Fund
   1994          10.00      0.14b      (0.17)      (0.03)    (0.07)  --        --

Growth Fund
   1994          10.00      0.11b      (0.10)       0.01     --      --        --
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
<CAPTION>
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                              Ratio         Ratio of
  Net Asset         Total                  of Expenses   Net Investment
 Value, End   Return (Includes     Net     to Average   Income to Average   Portfolio
  of Period Reinvested Dividends)Assets    Net Assets      Net Assets     Turnover Rate
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
   <S>         <C>                <C>       <C>          <C>               <C>

   $9.86           (0.61)%    $5,167,485      0.95%ab         4.96%a          36.3%a

    9.90           (0.31)%     7,708,382      1.05%ab         3.99%a          43.7%a

   10.01            0.10%      5,516,580      1.10%ab         3.14%a          20.5%a
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
<FN>
   a Annualized.
   b Excludes expenses in excess of a 0.95%, 1.05%, and 1.10% voluntary expense limitation in effect
     through May 31, 1996.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
</FN>
</TABLE>

Table 4
Fund and Market Characteristics
__________________________________________________________________________
GENERALLY, THE GREATER THE PORTION OF TOTAL RETURN DERIVED FROM STOCKS, THE
HIGHER THE FUND'S POTENTIAL RETURN OVER TIME AND THE GREATER THE RISK OF PRICE
DECLINES.

This section takes a closer look at each fund's investment program as well as
some fundamentals of stock, bond, and money market investing.

What are the objectives of each portfolio?

o  Income Fund: The objective is to seek the highest total return over time
   consistent with a primary emphasis on income and a secondary emphasis on
   capital appreciation. The fund pursues this objective by investing in a
   diversified portfolio typically consisting of approximately 40% stocks,
   40% bonds, and 20% money market securities. Under normal conditions,
   allocations can vary by 10% above or below these ranges based on the fund
   manager's outlook for the economy and the financial markets. 

o  Balanced Fund: The objective is to seek the highest total return over time
   consistent with an emphasis on both capital appreciation and income. The
   fund pursues this objective by investing in a diversified portfolio
   typically consisting of approximately 60% stocks, 30% bonds, and 10% money
   market securities. Under normal conditions, allocations can vary by 10%
   above or below these ranges based on the fund manager's outlook for the
   economy and the financial markets.

o  Growth Fund: The objective is to seek the highest total return over time
   consistent with a primary emphasis on capital appreciation; income is
   expected to play a secondary role. The fund pursues this objective by
   investing in a diversified portfolio typically consisting of approximately
   80% stocks and 20% bonds and money market securities. Under normal
   conditions, allocations can vary by 10% above or below these ranges, based
   on the fund manager's outlook for the economy and the financial markets. 

__________________________________________________________________________
UNDER UNUSUAL MARKET CONDITIONS, FOR TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE PURPOSES, EACH OF THE
FUNDS MAY INVEST IN MONEY MARKET SECURITIES WITHOUT LIMITATION.

Chart 1 - Personal Strategy Trust Fund Prospectus

__________________________________________________________________________
THE FUND MANAGER REGULARLY REVIEWS THE ASSET ALLOCATION AND MAY MAKE GRADUAL
CHANGES, WITHIN THE DEFINED RANGES, BASED ON THE OUTLOOK FOR THE ECONOMY,
INTEREST RATES, AND THE FINANCIAL MARKETS. THE FUNDS WILL NOT ATTEMPT TO TIME
SHORT-TERM MARKET MOVES.

What are the advantages of having three Personal Strategy funds instead of
just one? 

To accommodate a wider range of investor preferences and time horizons than
would be possible with a single fund, these funds offer three different
combinations of the appreciation potential of common stocks, the greater
income of bonds and the stability of money market securities. These allocation
mixes represent three distinct levels of potential returns and investment
risk.

Generally, the potential for higher investment returns over time is
accompanied by higher investment risk-the risk of declines in the value of
your principal. Investors respond differently to this risk/reward trade-off;
some are comfortable with higher risk levels, while others are not. An
investor's time horizon should play a major role in the choice of investments.
A fundamental investment principle is that those with, for example, a 15-year
investment horizon can pursue a more aggressive investment program than those
with a 5-year horizon. Also, investors who seek a more aggressive approach at
a particular stage of their lives may prefer a more balanced or conservative
approach at another stage as their circumstances, investment horizon, or
investment objectives change.

What are the advantages of diversifying across stocks, bonds, and money market
securities?

Diversification is the investment equivalent of not putting all your eggs in
one basket. While there is no guarantee, a fund's overall volatility could be
reduced by spreading investments across several types of assets. Since prices
of stocks and bonds may respond differently to changes in economic conditions
and interest rate levels, a rise in bond prices, for example, could help
offset a fall in stock prices. Money market securities have a stabilizing
influence, since their price fluctuations are very small. In addition, the
steady income provided by bonds and money market securities contributes
positively to a portfolio's total return, cushioning the impact of any price
declines or enhancing price increases. 

Diversification among asset classes is intended to reduce the risk associated
with investing in a single asset category; however, there is no guarantee the
strategy will always result in lower overall volatility for any of the funds. 
__________________________________________________________________________
FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION OF THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS AND THEIR RISK
FACTORS, PLEASE SEE "INVEST-MENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES."

What are the general characteristics and risk factors of these major asset
classes?

o  Stocks represent ownership in a corporation. Common stock prices fluctuate
   with changes in a company's current earnings and future prospects and with
   overall stock market conditions. Stocks of many well-established
   corporations offer the potential for appreciation and rising dividends.
   While smaller companies usually reinvest earnings in their own growth and,
   therefore, pay minimal or no dividends, they offer the possibility of even
   greater appreciation if their businesses prosper and grow.

   Historically, stocks have provided higher returns over time than bonds or
   money market securities and, therefore, offer a way to invest for
   long-term growth of capital. In addition, stock investments have provided
   the greatest protection against the erosion of purchasing power caused by
   inflation. 

   Share prices of even the best managed, most profitable corporations are
   subject to market risk, which means their stock prices can decline. In
   addition, swings  in investor psychology and/or significant trading by
   large institutional investors can result in price fluctuations. For this
   reason, equity investors should have a long-term investment horizon and be
   willing to wait out bear markets.

o  Bonds are debt securities, meaning the issuer has a contractual obligation
   to pay interest at a fixed rate on specified dates and to repay principal
   (the bond's face value) upon maturity. Bonds have two main sources of
   risk. Credit risk refers to the possibility that a bond's price may fall
   due to a credit downgrade or "default," i.e., the issuer failing to make
   an interest or principal payment. Interest rate risk refers to a bond's
   price movement in response to changes in interest rates. When rates rise,
   bond prices fall, and vice versa. Generally, the longer a bond's maturity,
   the greater its potential price fluctuation.

   The funds expect to invest primarily in bonds with investment-grade credit
   ratings. However, the funds may also make investments in more volatile
   below-investment-grade (or "junk") bonds, including bonds with the lowest
   rating. Investment-grade securities include a range of securities from the
   highest rated (AAA) to medium quality (BBB). Securities in the BBB
   category may be more susceptible to price declines arising from adverse
   economic conditions or changing circumstances. The securities at the lower
   end of the BBB category have certain speculative characteristics. Prices
   of junk bonds are usually more affected by adverse economic conditions or
   a deterioration in the issuer's financial circumstances than by overall
   changes in interest rates. To compensate investors for higher credit risk
   exposure, such bonds usually provide higher income. Please see "High
   Yield/High Risk Investing" for further information on these investments.

o  Money market securities are debt obligations issued primarily by the U.S.
   Government, Government agencies, and corporations. The high credit
   ratings, short maturities, and high liquidity of the funds' money market
   securities should minimize their credit and market risk. Their low risk is
   usually accompanied by  low potential returns relative to other
   investments.
__________________________________________________________________________
FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE EFFECT OF CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS AND
OTHER SPECIAL RISKS OF FOREIGN INVESTING, PLEASE SEE "INVESTMENT POLICIES AND
PRACTICES."

Why include foreign securities?

The funds may invest a portion of their assets in foreign securities. Foreign
stocks and bonds offer advantages to a portfolio but also represent additional
risk. The potential advantages are extra diversification and enhanced returns.
Since foreign stock and bond markets may move somewhat independently from
their U.S. counterparts, such investments could reduce a portfolio's
short-term price fluctuations while offering a way to participate in markets
that may generate attractive returns. Of course, if U.S. and foreign markets
move in the same direction, the positive or negative effect on a fund's share
price could be magnified. In addition, a significant decline in foreign
securities' prices could reduce the funds' returns.

How does the portfolio manager try to reduce risk and increase returns?

Consistent with each fund's objective, the managers of the Personal Strategy
Funds may employ the following risk management tools:

o  broad diversification, as discussed previously, to reduce the impact of a
   single holding or asset class on the fund's share price;

o  gradual allocation changes among and within asset classes (stocks, bonds,
   etc.) to take advantage of market opportunities and changing economic
   conditions;

o  thorough research of stocks, bonds, and other securities by our analysts
   to find the most favorable investment opportunities. 

How can I decide which fund is most appropriate for me?

Review your own financial objectives, investment time horizon, and risk
tolerance. Use Table 5 on the next page, which summarizes the funds' main
characteristics, to help choose a fund (or funds) for your particular needs. 

o  The Income Fund is designed for more conservative investors who value the
   reduced volatility provided by substantial investments in income-producing
   securities but also seek some capital growth. The fund will invest at
   least 65% of its total assets in income-producing bonds and
   dividend-paying common stocks.

o  The Balanced Fund is intended for those seeking a middle-of-the-road
   approach that emphasizes stocks for their higher capital appreciation
   potential but retains a significant income component to temper volatility.
   The fund will invest at least 25% of its total assets in senior fixed
   income securities.

o  The Growth Fund, with the greatest exposure to stocks, is designed for
   more aggressive investors who can withstand the market's inevitable
   setbacks to seek its potential long-term rewards. The fund will invest at
   least 65% of its total assets in common stocks of companies whose earnings
   or dividends are expected to increase.  

To review some investing ground rules or to gain a more accurate picture of
your own investment objectives, we suggest you use the Investment Guide you
may have received with this prospectus, or call 1-800-638-5660 to request the
Guide. 

__________________________________________________________________________
THE FUND OR FUNDS YOU SELECT SHOULD REFLECT YOUR INDIVIDUAL INVESTMENT GOALS,
BUT SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON FOR SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL NEEDS OR REPRESENT YOUR
COMPLETE INVESTMENT PROGRAM.
__________________________________________________________________________
Differences among funds

Asset Allocation

Fund         Benchmarks        Ranges      Relative Risk/Reward
__________________________________________________________________________
Income       40%  stocks       30 - 50%    Lowest
             40   bonds        30 - 50 
             20   money markets            10 - 30 
__________________________________________________________________________
Balanced     60%  stocks       50 - 70%    Moderate
             30   bonds        20 - 40 
             10   money markets             0 - 20 
__________________________________________________________________________
Growth       80%  stocks       70 - 90%    Highest
             20   bonds        10 - 30 
__________________________________________________________________________
Table 5

Is there other information I need to review before making a decision?
Yes. Although the funds will invest primarily in common stocks, bonds, and
money market securities, they can also make other investments which have
additional and different risks. Be sure to review "Investment Policies and
Practices" in Section 3, which reviews the following topics: Types of
Securities in which the funds may invest including preferred stocks,
convertible securities and warrants, foreign securities, asset-backed
securities, mortgage-backed securities, hybrid instruments, zero coupon and
pay-in-kind bonds and private placements; and Types of Management
Practices-cash position, borrowing money and transferring assets, futures and
options, interest rate swaps, managing foreign currency risk, lending of
portfolio securities, when-issued securities and forward commitment contracts,
portfolio transactions, high-yield/high-risk investing and credit quality
considerations.

2    About Your Account

2    ABOUT YOUR ACCOUNT

Pricing Shares and Receiving Sale Proceeds

__________________________________________________________________________
THE VARIOUS WAYS YOU CAN BUY, SELL, AND EXCHANGE SHARES ARE EXPLAINED AT THE
END OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND ON THE NEW ACCOUNT FORM.

Here are some procedures you should know when investing in a fund.

How and when shares are priced 

The share price (also called "net asset value" or NAV per share) for each fund
is calculated at 4 p.m. ET each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for
business. To calculate the NAV, a fund's assets are priced and totaled,
liabilities are subtracted, and the balance, called net assets, is divided by
the number of shares outstanding.  

__________________________________________________________________________
WHEN FILLING OUT THE NEW ACCOUNT FORM, YOU MAY WISH TO GIVE YOURSELF THE
WIDEST RANGE OF OPTIONS FOR RECEIVING PROCEEDS FROM A SALE.

How your purchase, sale, or exchange price is determined.

If we receive your request in correct form before 4 p.m. ET, your transaction
will be priced at that day's NAV. If we receive it after 4 p.m., it will be
priced at the next business day's NAV.

We cannot accept orders that request a particular day or price for your
transaction or any other special conditions. 
Note: The time at which transactions are priced may be changed in case of an
emergency or if the New York Stock Exchange closes at a time other than 4 p.m.
ET.

__________________________________________________________________________
IF FOR SOME REASON WE CANNOT ACCEPT YOUR REQUEST TO SELL SHARES, WE WILL
CONTACT YOU.

How you can receive the proceeds from a sale 

If your request is received by 4 p.m. ET in correct form, proceeds are usually
sent on the next business day. Proceeds can be sent to you by mail, or to your
bank account by ACH transfer or bank wire. Proceeds sent by bank wire should
be credited to your bank account the next business day, and proceeds sent by
ACH transfer should be credited the second day after the sale. ACH (Automated
Clearing House) is an automated method of initiating payments from and
receiving payments in your financial institution account. ACH is a payment
system supported by over 20,000 banks, savings banks, and credit unions, which
electronically exchange the transactions primarily through the Federal Reserve
Banks.

Exception: Under certain circumstances and when deemed to be in the fund's
best interests, your proceeds may not be sent for up to five business days
after receiving your sale or ex-change request. If you were exchanging into a
bond or money fund, your new investment would not begin to earn dividends
until the sixth business day. 

Useful Information on Distributions and Taxes

Dividends and other distributions 
__________________________________________________________________________
THE FUNDS DISTRIBUTE ALL NET INVESTMENT INCOME AND REALIZED CAPITAL GAINS TO
SHAREHOLDERS.

Dividend and capital gain distributions are reinvested in additional fund
shares in your account unless you select another option on your New Account
Form. The advantage of reinvesting distributions arises from compounding; that
is, you receive interest and capital gain distributions on a rising number of
shares.

Dividends not reinvested are paid by check or transmitted to your bank account
via ACH. If the Post Office cannot deliver your check, or if your check
remains uncashed for six months, a fund reserves the right to reinvest your
distribution check in your account at the then current NAV and to reinvest all
subsequent distributions in shares of the fund.

Income dividends

o    The Balanced and Income Funds declare and pay dividends (if any)
     quarterly.

o    The Growth Fund declares and pays dividends (if any) annually. 

o    All or part of a fund's dividends will be eligible for the 70% deduction
     for  dividends received by corporations.

Capital gains

o    A capital gain or loss is the difference between the purchase and sale
     price of a  security.

o    If the fund has net capital gains for the year (after subtracting any
     capital losses), they are usually declared and paid in December to
     shareholders of record on a specified date that month.
__________________________________________________________________________
THE FUNDS SEND TIMELY INFORMATION FOR YOUR TAX FILING NEEDS.

Tax information

You need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when:

o    the fund makes a distribution to your account, or  

o    you sell fund shares, including an exchange from one fund to another.

Taxes on fund redemptions. When you sell shares in any fund, you may realize a
gain or loss. An exchange from one fund to another is still a sale for tax
purposes. 

In January, the funds will send you and the IRS Form 1099-B, indicating the
date and amount of each sale you made in the fund during the prior year. We
will also tell you the average cost of the shares you sold during the year.
Average cost information is not reported to the IRS, and you do not have to
use it. You may calculate the cost basis using other methods acceptable to the
IRS, such as "specific identification."  

To help you maintain accurate records, we send you a confirmation immediately
following each transaction (except for systematic purchases and redemptions)
you make and a year-end statement detailing all your transactions in each fund
account during the year.
__________________________________________________________________________
DISTRIBUTIONS ARE TAXABLE WHETHER REINVESTED IN ADDITIONAL SHARES OR RECEIVED
IN CASH.

Taxes on fund distributions. The following summary does not apply to
retirement accounts, such as IRAs, which are tax-deferred until you withdraw
money from them.

In January, the funds will send you and the IRS Form 1099-DIV indicating the
tax status of any dividend and capital gain distribution made to you. All
distributions made by these funds are taxable to you for the year in which
they were paid. The only exception is that distributions declared during the
last three months of the year and paid in January are taxed as though they
were paid by December 31. Dividends and distributions are taxable to you
regardless of whether they are taken in cash or reinvested. The funds will
send you any additional information you need to determine your taxes on fund
distributions, such as the portion of your dividend, if any, that may be
exempt from state income taxes.

Short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income and long-term gains
are taxable at the applicable long-term gain rate. The gain is long or short
term depending on how long the fund held the securities, not how long you held
shares in the fund. If you realize a loss on the sale or exchange of fund
shares held six months or less, your short-term loss recognized is
reclassified to long-term to the extent of any capital gain distribution
received.

Distributions resulting from the sale of certain foreign currencies and debt
securities, to the extent of foreign exchange gains, are taxed as ordinary
income.  If the fund pays nonrefundable taxes to foreign governments during
the year, the taxes will reduce the fund's dividends.  

Tax effect of buying shares before a capital gain or quarterly dividend
distribution. If you buy shares shortly before or on the "record date"-the
date that establishes you as the person to receive the upcoming
distribution-you will receive in the form of a taxable distribution a portion
of the money you just invested. Therefore, you may wish to find out a fund's
record date(s) before investing. Of course, the fund's share price may reflect
undistributed capital gains or income and unrealized appreciation at any time.

Transaction Procedures and Special Requirements
__________________________________________________________________________
FOLLOWING THESE PROCEDURES HELPS ASSURE TIMELY AND ACCURATE TRANSACTIONS.

Purchase Conditions

Nonpayment. If your payment is not received or you pay with a check or ACH
transfer that does not clear, your purchase will be cancelled. You will be
responsible for any losses or expenses incurred by the fund or transfer agent,
and the fund can redeem shares you own in this or another identically
registered T. Rowe Price fund as reimbursement. The fund and its agents have
the right to reject or cancel any purchase, exchange, or redemption due to
nonpayment.

U.S. dollars. All purchases must be paid for in U.S. dollars; checks must be
drawn on U.S. banks.

Sale (Redemption) Conditions

10-day hold. If you sell shares that you just purchased and paid for by check
or ACH transfer, the fund will process your redemption but will generally
delay sending you the proceeds for up to 10 calendar days to allow the check
or transfer to clear. If your redemption request was sent by mail or mailgram,
proceeds will be mailed no later than the seventh calendar day following
receipt unless the check or ACH transfer has not cleared. (The 10-day hold
does not apply to purchases paid for by: bank wire; cashier's, certified, or
treasurer's checks; or automatic purchases through your paycheck.)

Telephone transactions. Telephone exchange and redemption are established
automatically when you sign the New Account Form unless you check the box
which states that you do not want these services. The fund uses reasonable
procedures (including shareholder identity verification) to confirm that
instructions given by telephone are genuine. If these procedures are not
followed, it is the opinion of certain regulatory agencies that a fund may be
liable for any losses that may result from acting on the instructions given.
All conversations are recorded, and a confirmation is sent within five
business days after the telephone transaction.

Redemptions over $250,000. Large sales can adversely affect a portfolio
manager's ability to implement a fund's investment strategy by causing the
premature sale of securities that would otherwise be held. If in any 90-day
period, you redeem (sell) more than $250,000, or your sale amounts to more
than 1% of the fund's net assets, the fund has the right to delay sending your
proceeds for up to five business days after receiving your request, or to pay
the difference between the redemption amount and the lesser of the two
previously mentioned figures with securities from the fund.

Excessive Trading
__________________________________________________________________________
T. ROWE PRICE MAY BAR EXCESSIVE TRADERS FROM PURCHASING SHARES.

Frequent trades involving either substantial fund assets or a substantial
portion of your account or accounts controlled by you, can disrupt management
of the fund and raise its expenses. We define "excessive trading" as exceeding
one purchase and sale involving the same fund within any 120-day period.

For example, you are in fund A. You can move substantial assets from A to fund
B, and, within the next 120 days, sell your shares in fund B to return to fund
A or move to fund C.

If you exceed the number of trades described above, you may be barred
indefinitely from further purchases of T. Rowe Price funds.

Three types of transactions are exempt from excessive trading guidelines: 1)
trades solely between money market funds, 2) redemptions that are not part of
exchanges, and 3) systematic purchases or redemptions (see "Shareholder
Services").  

Keeping Your Account Open

Due to the relatively high cost of maintaining small accounts, we ask you to
maintain an account balance of at least $1,000. If your balance is below
$1,000 for three months or longer, the fund has the right to close your
account after giving you 60 days in which to increase your balance. 
__________________________________________________________________________
A SIGNATURE GUARANTEE IS DESIGNED TO PROTECT YOU AND THE FUND FROM FRAUD BY
VERIFYING YOUR SIGNATURE.

Signature Guarantees

You may need to have your signature guaranteed in certain situations, such as:
o    Written requests 1) to redeem over $50,000 or 2) to wire redemption
     proceeds. 

o    Remitting redemption proceeds to any person, address, or bank account
     not on record. 

o    Transferring redemption proceeds to a T. Rowe Price fund account with a
     different registration from yours. 

o    Establishing certain services after the account is opened. 

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institutions,
broker/dealers and other guarantors acceptable to T. Rowe Price. We cannot
accept guarantees from notaries public or organizations that do not provide
reimbursement in the case of fraud.

3    More About the Funds

3    MORE ABOUT THE FUNDS

The Funds' Organization and Management

__________________________________________________________________________
SHAREHOLDERS BENEFIT FROM T. ROWE PRICE'S 57 YEARS OF INVEST-MENT MANAGEMENT
EXPERIENCE.

How are the funds organized?

The T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Funds, Inc., incorporated in Maryland in
1994, is a diversified, open-end investment company or mutual fund. Mutual
funds pool money received from shareholders and invest it to try to achieve
specific objectives.  

What is meant by "shares"?

As with all mutual funds, investors purchase "shares" when they invest in a
fund. These shares are part of a fund's authorized capital stock, but share
certificates are not issued. 

Each share and fractional share entitles the shareholder to:

o    receive a proportional interest in a fund's income and capital gain
     distributions;

o    cast one vote per share on certain fund matters, including the election
     of fund directors, changes in fundamental policies, or approval of
     changes in a fund's management contract.

Does each fund have an annual shareholder meeting?

The funds are not required to hold annual meetings and do not intend to do so
except when certain matters, such as a change in a fund's fundamental
policies, are to be decided. In addition, shareholders representing at least
10% of all eligible votes may call a special meeting if they wish for the
purpose of voting on the removal of any fund director(s). If a meeting is held
and you cannot attend, you can vote by proxy.  Before the meeting, the fund
will send you proxy materials that explain the issues to be decided and
include a voting card for you to mail back.
__________________________________________________________________________
ALL DECISIONS REGARDING THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND INVESTMENTS ARE MADE BY
T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES- SPECIFICALLY BY THE FUNDS' PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.

Who runs the funds?

General Oversight. The funds are governed by a Board of Directors that meets
regularly to review the fund's investments, performance, expenses, and other
business affairs. The Board elects the funds' officers.

Portfolio Management. The funds' investments are guided by two committees. An
Asset Allocation Committee meets regularly to determine the asset allocation
of the three funds among stocks, bonds, and money market securities. Committee
members include Peter Van Dyke, Chairman, Stephen W. Boesel, Edmund M. Notzon,
William T. Reynolds, James S. Riepe, Charles P. Smith, and M. David Testa.
Day-to-day responsibility for managing the funds' investments lies with an
Investment Advisory Committee which includes Messrs. Boesel, John D.
Gillespie, Notzon, Testa and Van Dyke.  

The Asset Allocation Committee has been acting in this role for T. Rowe Price
since 1990 and its members bring a wide range of investment experience to this
task. Members of the Invest-ment Advisory Committee responsible for making
day-to-day portfolio decisions for the funds are each experienced investment
managers. Mr. Van Dyke has been managing investments since joining T. Rowe
Price in 1985. Mr. Boesel has been managing investments since joining T. Rowe
Price in 1973. Mr. Gillespie joined T. Rowe Price in 1986 and has been
managing investments since 1989. Mr. Notzon joined T. Rowe Price in 1989 and
has been managing investments since 1991. Mr. Testa has been managing
investments since joining T. Rowe Price in 1972.  

Marketing. T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of T. Rowe Price, distributes (sells) shares of these and all other T. Rowe
Price funds.

Shareholder Services. T. Rowe Price Services, Inc., another wholly-owned
subsidiary, acts as the funds' transfer and dividend disbursing agent and
provides shareholder and administrative services. Services for certain types
of retirement plans are provided by T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
Inc., also a wholly-owned subsidiary. The address for each is 100 East Pratt
St., Baltimore, MD 21202. 

How are fund expenses determined? 

The management agreement spells out the expenses to be paid by each fund. In
addition to the management fee, each fund pays for the following: shareholder
service expenses; custodial, accounting, legal, and audit fees; costs of
preparing and printing prospectuses and reports sent to shareholders;
registration fees and expenses; proxy and annual meeting expenses (if any);
and director/trustee fees and expenses.

The Management Fee. 

This fee has two parts-an "individual fund fee" (discussed on page 3) which
reflects the fund's particular investment management costs, and a "group fee."
The group fee, which is designed to reflect the benefits of the shared
resources of the T. Rowe Price investment management complex, is calculated
monthly based on the net combined assets of all T. Rowe Price funds (except
Equity Index and both Spectrum Funds and any institutional or private label
mutual funds). The group fee schedule (shown below) is graduated, declining as
the asset total rises, so shareholders benefit from the overall growth in
mutual fund assets.

0.480% First $1 billion                0.370% Next $1 billion   
0.330% Next $10 billion

0.450% Next $1 billion                 0.360% Next $2 billion   
0.320% Next $10 billion

0.420% Next $1 billion                 0.350% Next $2 billion
0.310% Thereafter

0.390% Next $1 billion                 0.340% Next $5 billion

Each fund's portion of the group fee is determined by the ratio of its daily
net assets to the daily net assets of all the Price funds described above. 
Based on combined Price funds' assets of approximately $35.5 billion at June
30, 1994, the Group Fee was 0.34%.

Understanding Performance Information
__________________________________________________________________________
TOTAL RETURN IS THE MOST WIDELY USED PERFORMANCE MEASURE. DETAILED PERFORMANCE
INFORMATION IS INCLUDED IN THE FUNDS' ANNUAL REPORTS AND QUARTERLY SHAREHOLDER
REPORTS.

This section should help you understand the terms used to describe the funds'
performance. You will come across them in shareholder reports you receive from
us four times a year, in our newsletters, "Insights" reports, in T. Rowe Price
advertisements, and in the media.

Total Return

This tells you how much an investment in a fund has changed in value over a
given time period. It reflects any net increase or decrease in the share price
and assumes that all dividends and capital gains (if any) paid during the
period were reinvested in additional shares.  Including reinvested
distributions means that total return numbers include the effect of
compounding, i.e., you receive income and capital gain distributions on a
rising number of shares.

Advertisements for the fund may include cumulative or compound average annual
total return figures, which may be compared with various indices, other
performance measures, or other mutual funds. 

Cumulative Total Return

This is the actual rate of return on an investment for a specified period. A
cumulative return does not indicate how much the value of the investment may
have fluctuated between the beginning and the end of the period specified.

Average Annual Total Return

This is always hypothetical. Working backward from the actual cumulative
return, it tells you what constant year-by-year return would have produced the
actual, cumulative return. By smoothing out all the variations in annual
performance, it gives you an idea of the investment's annual contribution to
your portfolio provided you held it for the entire period in question.

Investment Policies and Practices 

__________________________________________________________________________
FUND MANAGERS HAVE CONSIDERABLE LEEWAY IN CHOOSING INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND
SELECTING SECURITIES THEY BELIEVE WILL HELP THE FUNDS ACHIEVE THEIR
OBJECTIVES.

This section takes a detailed look at some of the securities the funds may
hold in their portfolios and the various kinds of investment practices that
may be used in day-to-day portfolio management. The funds' investment programs
are subject to further restrictions and risks described in the Statement of
Additional Information. The funds adhere to applicable investment restrictions
at the time they make an investment. A later change in circumstances will not
require the sale of an investment if it was proper at the time it was made.

Shareholder approval is required to substantively change a fund's objective
and certain investment restrictions noted in the following section as
"fundamental policies." The managers also follow certain "operating policies"
which can be changed without shareholder approval. How-ever, significant
changes are discussed with shareholders in fund reports. 

Types of Portfolio Securities

In seeking to meet their investment objectives, the funds may invest in any
type of security or instrument (including derivatives) whose investment
characteristics are consistent with the fund's investment program. These and
some of the other investment techniques the funds may use are described in the
following pages.

Fundamental policy: A fund will not purchase a security if, as a result, with
respect to 75% of the fund's total assets, more than 5% of its total assets
would be invested in securities of the issuer or more than 10% of the voting
securities of the issuer would be held by the fund.

Bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security-an IOU-issued by companies or
governmental units. The issuer has a contractual obligation to pay interest at
a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond's face value)
on a specified date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or "call" a bond
before maturity, and the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower
market rates.

A bond's annual interest income, set by its coupon rate, is usually fixed for
the life of the bond. Its yield (income as a percent of current price) will
fluctuate to reflect changes in interest rate levels. A bond's price usually
rises when interest rates fall, and vice versa, so its yield stays current.

Bonds may be unsecured (backed by the issuer's general creditworthiness only)
or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

Certain bonds have interest rates that are adjusted periodically which tend to
minimize fluctuations of their principal value. The maturity of those
securities may be shortened under certain specified conditions.

Bonds may be designated as senior, junior, or subordinated obligations. Senior
obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation's earnings and
assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before junior or other debt.

Common and Preferred Stocks. Stocks represent shares of ownership in a
company. Generally, preferred stock has a specified dividend and ranks after
bonds and before common stocks in its claim on income for dividend payments
and on assets should the company be liquidated. After other claims are
satisfied, common stockholders participate in company profits on a pro rata
basis; profits may be paid out in dividends or reinvested in the company to
help it grow. Increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a
company's stock price, so common stocks generally have the greatest
appreciation and depreciation potential of all corporate securities. While
most preferred stocks pay a dividend, the funds may purchase preferred stock
where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its
dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital
appreciation potential.

Convertible Securities and Warrants. The funds may invest in debt or preferred
equity securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities.
Traditionally, convertible securities have paid dividends or interest at rates
higher than common stocks but lower than non-convertible securities. They
generally participate in the appreciation or depreciation of the underlying
stock into which they are convertible, but to a lesser degree. In recent
years, convertibles have been developed which combine higher or lower current
income with options and other features. Warrants are options to buy a stated
number of shares of common stock at a specified price any time during the life
of the warrants (generally, two or more years).

Foreign Securities. The funds may invest in foreign securities. These include
non-dollar de-nominated securities traded outside of the U.S. and dollar
denominated securities traded in the U.S. (such as ADRs). Such investments
increase a portfolio's diversification and may enhance return, but they also
involve some special risks such as exposure to potentially adverse local
political and economic developments; nationalization and exchange controls;
potentially lower liquidity and higher volatility; possible problems arising
from accounting, disclosure, settlement, and regulatory practices that differ
from U.S. standards; and the chance that fluctuations in foreign exchange
rates will decrease the investment's value (favorable changes can increase its
value).

Operating policy: Each fund may invest up to 35% of its total assets in
foreign securities.

Asset-backed Securities. An underlying pool of assets, such as credit card or
automobile trade receivables or corporate loans or bonds, backs these bonds
and provides the interest and principal payments to investors. Credit quality
depends primarily on the quality of the underlying assets and the level of
credit support, if any, provided by the issuer. The underlying assets (i.e.,
loans) are subject to prepayments which can shorten the securities' weighted
average life and may lower their return. The value of these securities also
may change because of actual or perceived changes in the creditworthiness of
the originator, servicing agent, or of the financial institution providing the
credit support. There is no limit on the portion of the funds' fixed income
investments in these securities.

Mortgage-backed Securities. The funds may invest in a variety of
mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage lenders pool individual home mortgages
with similar characteristics to back a certificate or bond, which is sold to
investors such as the funds. Interest and principal payments generated by the
underlying mortgages are passed through to the investors. The "big three"
issuers are Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), the Federal
National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation (Freddie Mac). GNMA certificates are backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Govern-ment, while others, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac certificates, are only supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S.
Treasury or supported only by the credit of the agency. Private mortgage
bankers and other institutions also issue mortgage-backed securities.

Mortgage securities are subject to scheduled and unscheduled principal
payments as homeowners pay down or prepay their mortgages.  As these payments
are received, they must be reinvested when interest rates may be higher or
lower than on the original mortgage security. Therefore, mortgage securities
are not an effective means of locking in long-term interest rates.  In
addition, when interest rates fall, the pace of mortgage prepayments picks up. 
These refinanced mortgages are paid off at face value (par), causing a loss
for any investor who may have purchased the security at a price above par. In
such an environment, this risk limits the potential price appreciation of
these securities and can negatively affect a fund's net asset value. When
rates rise, however, mortgage-backed securities have historically experienced
smaller price declines than comparable quality bonds. There is no limit on the
portion of the funds' fixed income investments in these securities.

Additional mortgage-backed securities in which the funds may invest include:

o    Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs). CMOs are debt securities
     that are fully collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or
     mortgage-backed securities. All interest and principal payments from the
     underlying mortgages are passed through to the CMOs in such a way as to
     create more definite maturities than is the case with the underlying
     mortgages. CMOs may pay fixed or variable rates of interest, and certain
     CMOs have priority over others with respect to the receipt of
     prepayments.

o    Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities (a type of
     derivative) are created by separating the interest and principal
     payments generated by a pool of mortgage-backed securities or a CMO to
     create additional classes of securities. Generally, one class receives
     only interest payments (IOs) and one principal payments (POs). Unlike
     GNMA securities and POs, the value of IOs tends to move in the same
     direction as interest rates. The funds could use IOs as a hedge against
     falling prepaying rates (interest rates are rising) and/or a bear market
     environment. POs can be used as a hedge against rising prepayment rates
     (interest rates are falling) and/or a bull market environment. IOs and
     POs are acutely sensitive to interest rate changes and to the rate of
     principal prepayments. A rapid or unexpected increase in prepayments can
     severely depress the price of IOs, while a rapid or unexpected decrease
     in prepayments could have the same effect on POs. These securities are
     very volatile in price and may have lower liquidity than most other
     mortgage-backed securities. Certain non-stripped CMOs may also exhibit
     these qualities, especially those which pay variable rates of interest
     which adjust inversely with and more rapidly than short-term interest
     rates. There is no guarantee a fund's investment in CMOs, IOs or POs
     will be successful, and a fund's total return could be adversely
     affected as a result.

Operating policy: Each fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in
stripped mortgage securities.

Hybrid Instruments. These instruments (a type of derivative) can combine the
characteristics of securities, futures and options. For example, the principal
amount or interest rate of a hybrid could be tied (positively or negatively)
to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another
interest rate (each a "benchmark"). Hybrids can be used as an efficient means
of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging,
duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest
or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple
of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more
steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks 
may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages
and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser
of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could
be zero. Hybrids can have volatile prices and limited liquidity. Thus, an
investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not
associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated
bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate
of interest. The purchase of hybrids exposes the funds to the credit risk of
the issuer of the hybrid. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in
the net asset value of the funds. There is no assurance that a fund's
investment in hybrids will be successful.

Operating policy: Each fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in hybrid
instruments.

Investment Funds. The funds may invest in other investment funds or companies,
primarily where such investments would be the only practical means of
investing in certain foreign countries. Such investments would result in the
funds paying additional or duplicative fees and expenses. The risks of such
investment would reflect the risks of investing in the types of securities in
which the investment funds or companies invest.

Operating policy: Each fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in other
investment funds and companies.

Zero Coupon Bonds and Pay-in-Kind Bonds. A zero coupon bond does not make cash
interest payments during the life of the bond. Instead, it is sold at a deep
discount to face value, and the interest consists of the gradual appreciation
in price as the bond approaches maturity. "Zeros" can be an attractive
financing method for issuers with near-term cash-flow problems. Pay-in-kind
(PIK) bonds pay interest in cash or additional securities, at the issuer's
option, for a specified period. Like zeros, they may help a corporation
economize on cash. PIK prices reflect the market value of the underlying debt
plus any accrued interest. Zeros and PIKS can be higher- or lower-quality
debt, and both are more volatile than coupon bonds.

Each fund is required to distribute to shareholders income imputed to any zero
or PIK investments. Such distributions could reduce a fund's reserve position.

Each fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in zero coupon and
pay-in-kind bonds.

Private Placements (Restricted Securities). These securities are sold directly
to a small number of investors, usually institutions. Unlike public offerings,
such securities are not registered with the SEC. Although certain of these
securities may be readily sold, for example under Rule 144A, others may be
illiquid and their sale may involve substantial delays and additional costs.

Operating policy: Each fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in
illiquid securities and no more than 5% of its total assets in certain
restricted securities.

Types of Management Practices

Cash Position. Each fund will hold a certain portion of their assets in money
market securities, including repurchase agreements, in the two highest rating
categories, maturing in one year or less. For temporary, defensive purposes, a
fund may invest without limitation in such securities. This reserve position
provides flexibility in meeting redemptions, expenses, and the timing of new
investments, and serves as a short-term defense during periods of unusual
market volatility.

Borrowing Money and Transferring Assets. The funds can borrow money from banks
as a temporary measure for emergency purposes, to facilitate redemption
requests, or for other purposes consistent with the fund's investment
objectives and program. Such borrowings may be collateralized with fund
assets, subject to restrictions.

Fundamental policy: Borrowings may not exceed 331_3% of a fund's total assets.

Operating policies: Each fund may not transfer as collateral any portfolio
securities except as necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or
investments, and then such transfers may not exceed 331_3% of a fund's total
assets. A fund may not purchase additional securities when borrowings exceed
5% of total assets.

Futures and Options. Futures (a type of derivative) are often used to manage
risk because they enable the investor to buy or sell an asset in the future at
an agreed upon price. Options (another type of derivative) give the investor
the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell an asset at a predetermined
price in the future. The funds may buy and sell futures contracts (and options
on such contracts) for a number of reasons including: to manage their exposure
to changes in interest rates, stock and bond prices, and foreign currencies;
as an efficient means of adjusting their overall exposure to certain markets;
and to adjust the portfolio's duration. The funds may purchase, sell, or write
call and put options on securities, financial indices, and foreign currencies.

Futures contracts and options may not always be successful hedges; their
prices can be highly volatile; using them could lower the fund's total return
and the potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the fund's initial
investment in such contracts.

Operating policies: Futures: Initial margin deposits and premiums on options
used for non-hedging purposes will not equal more than 5% of a fund's net
asset value. Options on securities: The total market value of securities
against which a fund has written call or put options may not exceed 25% of its
total assets. A fund will not commit more than 5% of its total assets to
premiums when purchasing call or put options.

Interest Rate Transactions. The funds may enter into various interest rate
transactions (a type of derivative investment) such as interest rate swaps and
the purchase or sale of interest rate caps, collars and floors, to preserve a
return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to
create synthetic securities, or to structure transactions designed for other
purposes.

Operating policy: Each fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets
in interest rate transactions.

Managing Foreign Currency Risk. Investors in foreign securities may "hedge"
their exposure to potentially unfavorable currency changes by purchasing a
contract to exchange one currency for another on some future date at a
specified exchange rate. In certain circumstances, a "proxy currency" may be
substituted for the currency in which the investment is denominated, a
strategy known as "proxy hedging." Although foreign currency transactions will
be used primarily to protect a fund's foreign securities from adverse currency
movements relative to the dollar, they involve the risk that anticipated
currency movements will not occur and a fund's total return could be reduced.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. Like other mutual funds, the funds may lend
securities to broker-dealers, other institutions, or other persons to earn
additional income. The principal risk is the potential insolvency of the
broker-dealer or other borrower. In this event, the funds could experience
delays in recovering their securities and possibly capital losses.

Fundamental policy: The value of loaned securities may not exceed 331/3% of a
fund's total assets.

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitment Contracts. The funds may
purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis or may purchase
or sell securities on a forward commitment basis. There is no limit on the
portion of the funds' fixed income investments in these securities. The price
of these securities is fixed at the time of the commitment to buy, but
delivery and payment can take place a month or more later. During the interim
period, the market value of the securities can fluctuate, and no interest
accrues to the purchaser. At the time of delivery, the value of the securities
may be more or less than the purchase or sale price. To the extent each fund
remains fully or almost fully invested (in securities with a remaining
maturity of more than one year) at the same time it purchases these
securities, there will be greater fluctuations in the fund's net asset value
than if the fund did not purchase them.

Portfolio Transactions. The funds will not generally trade in securities
(either common stocks or bonds) for short-term profits, but, when
circumstances warrant, securities may be purchased and sold without regard to
the length of time held. The portfolio turnover rate for each of the Balanced,
Growth and Income Funds is not expected to exceed 40%.

High Yield/High Risk Investing. The total return and yield of lower quality
(high yield/high risk) bonds, commonly referred to as "junk bonds," can be
expected to fluctuate more than the total return and yield of higher quality
bonds. Junk bonds are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to
the issuer's continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments.
Successful investment in low and lower-medium quality bonds involves greater
investment risk and is highly dependent on T. Rowe Price's credit analysis. A
real or perceived economic downturn or higher interest rates could cause a
decline in high yield bond prices, because such events could lessen the
ability of issuers to make principal and interest payments. These bonds are
often thinly-traded and can be more difficult to sell and value accurately
than high-quality bonds. Because objective pricing data may be less available,
judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. In addition, the
entire junk bond market can experience sudden and sharp price swings due to a
variety of factors, including changes in economic forecasts, stock market
activity, large or sustained sales by major investors, a high-profile default,
or just a change in the market's psychology. This type of volatility is
usually associated more with stocks than bonds, but junk bond investors should
be prepared for it.

Operating policy: The Balanced, Growth and Income Funds may each invest up to
20%, 15% and 25%, respectively, of their total assets in below investment
grade or junk bonds.

Credit Quality Considerations. The credit quality of most bond issues is
evaluated by rating agencies such as Moody's and Standard & Poor's. Credit
quality refers to the issuer's ability to meet all required interest and
principal payments. The highest ratings are assigned to issuers perceived to
be the best credit risks. T. Rowe Price research analysts also evaluate all
portfolio holdings of the funds, including those rated by outside agencies.
The lower the rating on a bond, the higher the yield, other things being
equal. 

Table 6 shows the rating scale used by the major rating agencies. T. Rowe
Price considers publicly available ratings, but emphasizes its own credit
analysis when selecting investments.
__________________________________________________________________________ 
Ratings of Corporate Debt Securities

          Moody's    Standard    Fitch       Definition 
          Investors  & Poor's    Investors
          Service, Inc.          Corporation Service, Inc.
__________________________________________________________________________
Long-Term Aaa        AAA         AAA         Highest quality
          ______________________________________________________________
          Aa         AA          AA          High quality
          ______________________________________________________________
          A          A           A           Upper medium grade
          ______________________________________________________________
          Baa        BBB         BBB         Medium grade
          ______________________________________________________________
          Ba         BB          BB          Low grade
          ______________________________________________________________
          B          B           B           Speculative
          ______________________________________________________________
          Caa, Ca    CCC, CC     CCC, CC     Sub-marginal
          ______________________________________________________________
          Ca         C           C           Income bond, no
                                             interest paid
          ______________________________________________________________
          C          D           DDD, DD, D  Probably in default
          ______________________________________________________________

          Moody's      S&P              Fitch 
__________________________________________________________________________
Commercial   P-1       Superior         A-1+ Extremely      F-1+ Exceptionally
             quality        strong           strong
                            quality          quality

Paper                  A-1  Strong      F-1  Very strong 
                            quality          quality
          ______________________________________________________________
          P-2          Strong           A-2  Satisfactory   F-2  Good credit
             quality        quality          quality
          ______________________________________________________________
          P-3          Acceptable       A-3  Adequate  F-3  Fair credit
             quality        quality          quality
          ______________________________________________________________
                       B    Speculative      F-S       Weak credit
                            quality          quality
 __________________________________________________________________________
Table 6

4    Investing with T. Rowe Price

4    INVESTING WITH T. ROWE PRICE

Meeting Requirements for New Accounts
__________________________________________________________________________
ALWAYS VERIFY YOUR TRANSACTIONS BY CAREFULLY REVIEWING THE CONFIRMATION WE
SEND YOU.  PLEASE REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO SHAREHOLDER SERVICES.

Tax Identification Number

We must have your correct social security or corporate tax identification
number and a signed New Account Form or W-9 Form. Otherwise, federal law
requires the funds to withhold a percentage (currently 31%) of your dividends,
capital gain distributions, and redemptions, and may subject you to an IRS
fine. You will also be prohibited from opening another account by exchange. If
this information is not received within 60 days after your account is
established, your account may be redeemed, priced at the NAV on the date of
redemption.

Unless you request otherwise, one shareholder report will be mailed to
multiple account owners with the same tax identification number and same zip
code and to shareholders who have requested that their account be combined
with someone else's for financial reporting.

Opening a New Account: $2,500 minimum initial investment; $1,000 for
retirement or gifts or transfers to minors (UGMA/UTMA) accounts

Account Registration
__________________________________________________________________________
REGULAR MAIL
T. ROWE PRICE 
ACCOUNT SERVICES 
P.O. BOX 17300
BALTIMORE, MD 
21298-9353

If you own other T. Rowe Price funds, be sure to register any new account just
like your existing accounts so you can exchange among them easily. (The name
and account type would have to be identical.) 

By Mail

Please make your check payable to T. Rowe Price funds (otherwise it may be
returned) and send it together with the New Account Form to the address at
left.

MAILGRAM, EXPRESS,
REGISTERED, OR CERTIFIED MAIL
T. ROWE PRICE 
ACCOUNT SERVICES
10090 RED RUN BLVD.
OWINGS MILLS, MD 21117

By Wire

o    Call Investor Services for an account number and use the wire address
     below.

o    Complete a New Account Form and mail it to one of the appropriate
     addresses listed at left. 

     Note: Retirement plans cannot be opened by wire.

o    Give the following wire address to your bank: Morgan Guaranty Trust Co.
     of New York, ABA# 021000238, T. Rowe Price [fund name], AC-00153938.
     Provide fund name, account name(s), and account number.

By Exchange

Call Shareholder Services. The new account will have the same registration as
the account from which you are exchanging. Services for the new account may be
carried over by telephone request if preauthorized on the existing account.
(See explanation of "Excessive Trading" under "Transaction Procedures.")

In Person
__________________________________________________________________________

DROP-OFF LOCATIONS:
101 EAST LOMBARD ST.
BALTIMORE, MD

T. ROWE PRICE
FINANCIAL CENTER
10090 RED RUN BLVD.
OWINGS MILLS, MD

FARRAGUT SQUARE
900 17TH ST., N.W.  
WASHINGTON, D.C.

Drop off your New Account Form at any of the locations listed at left and
obtain a receipt.

Note: The fund and its agents reserve the right to waive or lower investment
minimums; to accept initial purchases by telephone or mailgram; cancel or
rescind any purchase or exchange upon notice to the shareholder within five
business days of the trade or if the written confirmation has not been
received by the shareholder, whichever is sooner (for example, if an account
has been restricted due to excessive trading or fraud); to otherwise modify
the conditions of purchase or any services at any time; or to act on any
instructions believed to be genuine.

ARCO TOWER
31ST FLOOR
515 SOUTH FLOWER ST.
LOS ANGELES, CA

Purchasing Additional Shares: $100 minimum purchase; 
$50 minimum for retirement plans and Automatic Asset Builder; 
$5,000 minimum for telephone purchases

By ACH Transfer

Use Tele*Access (registered trademark), PC*Access (registered trademark) or
call Investor Services if you have established electronic transfers using the
ACH network.

By Wire

Call Shareholder Services or use the wire address in "Opening a New Account."
__________________________________________________________________________
REGULAR MAIL
T. ROWE PRICE FUNDS
ACCOUNT SERVICES
P.O. BOX 89000
BALTIMORE, MD
21289-1500

By Mail

o    Provide your account number and the fund name on your check.

o    Mail the check to us at the address shown at left either with a
     reinvestment slip or a noteindicating the fund and account number in
     which you wish to purchase shares.

By Automatic Asset Builder

Fill out the Automatic Asset Builder section on the New Account or Shareholder
Services Form ($50 minimum). 

By Phone

Call Shareholder Services to lock in that day's closing price; payment is due
within five days ($5,000 minimum).

Exchanging and Redeeming Shares

By Phone

Call Shareholder Services. If you find our phones busy during unusually
volatile markets, please consider placing your order by Tele*Access or
PC*Access (if you have previously authorized telephone services), or by
express mail or mailgram. For exchange policies, please see "Transaction
Procedures and Special Requirements-Excessive Trading."

Redemption proceeds can be mailed to your account address, sent by ACH
transfer, or wired to your bank. For charges, see "Electronic Transfers-By
Wire" on the next page.
__________________________________________________________________________
MAILGRAM, EXPRESS, 
REGISTERED, OR 
CERTIFIED MAIL
(SEE PAGE 24.)

By Mail

Provide account name(s) and numbers, fund name(s), and exchange or redemption
amount. For exchanges, mail to the appropriate address below or at left,
indicate the fund you are exchanging from and the fund(s) you are exchanging
into. T. Rowe Price requires the signatures of all owners exactly as
registered, and possibly a signature guarantee (see "Transaction Procedures
and Special Requirements-Signature Guarantees").

Regular Mail

For Non-Retirement and IRA Accounts:  For Employer-Sponsored Retirement
                                      Accounts:
T. Rowe Price Account Services T. Rowe Price Trust Company
P.O. Box 89000                 P.O. Box 89000
Baltimore, MD 21289-0220       Baltimore, MD 21289-0300

Note: Redemptions from retirement accounts, including IRAs, must be in
writing. Please call Shareholder Services to obtain an IRA Distribution
Request Form. For employer-sponsored retirement accounts, call Investor
Services or your plan administrator for instructions. 

Shareholder Services
__________________________________________________________________________
INVESTOR SERVICES
1-800-638-5660
1-410-547-2308

Many services are available to you as a T. Rowe Price shareholder; some you
receive automatically and others you must authorize on the New Account Form.
By signing up for services on the New Account Form rather than later, you
avoid having to complete a separate form and obtain a signature guarantee.
This section reviews some of the principal services currently offered. Our
Services Guide contains detailed descriptions of these and other services.

__________________________________________________________________________
IF YOU ARE A NEW T. ROWE PRICE INVESTOR, YOU WILL RECEIVE A SERVICES GUIDE
WITH OUR WELCOME KIT.

Retirement Plans

We offer a wide range of plans for individuals and institutions, including
large and small businesses: IRAs, SEP-IRAs, Keoghs (profit sharing, money
purchase pension), 401(k), and 403(b)(7). For information on IRAs, call
Investor Services. For information on all other retirement plans, please call
our Trust Company at 1-800-492-7670.

Exchange Service

You can move money from one account to an existing identically registered
account, or open a new identically registered account. Remember, exchanges are
purchases and sales for tax purposes. (Exchanges into a state tax-free fund
are limited to investors living in states where the funds are registered.)
Some of the T. Rowe Price funds may impose a redemption fee of .50% to 2%,
payable to such funds, on shares held for less than one year, or in some
funds, six months.

Note: Shares purchased by telephone may not be exchanged to another fund until
payment is received.

Automated Services

Tele*Access. 24-hour service via toll-free number provides information such as
yields, prices, dividends, account balances, and your latest transaction as
well as the ability to request prospectuses and account forms and initiate
purchase, redemption and exchange orders in your accounts (see "Electronic
Transfers" below).

PC*Access. 24-hour service via dial-up modem provides the same information as
Tele*Access, but on a personal computer. Please call Investor Services for an
information guide. 

Telephone and Walk-In Services 

Buy, sell, or exchange shares by calling one of our service representatives or
by visiting one of our four investor center locations.

Electronic Transfers

By ACH. With no charges to pay, you can initiate a purchase or redemption for
as little as $100 or as much as $100,000 between your bank account and fund
account using the ACH network. Enter instructions via Tele*Access, PC*Access
or call Shareholder Services.

By Wire. Electronic transfers can also be conducted via bank wire. There is
currently a $5.00 fee for wire redemptions under $5,000, and your bank may
charge for wire transfers regardless of size.

Automatic Investing ($50 minimum) 

You can invest automatically in several different ways, including: 

o    Automatic Asset Builder. You instruct us to move $50 or more once a
     month or less often from your bank account, or you can instruct your
     employer to send all or a portion of your paycheck to the fund or funds
     you designate.

o    Automatic Exchange. Enables you to set up systematic investments from
     one fund account into another, such as from a money fund into a stock
     fund.

Discount Brokerage

You can trade stocks, bonds, options, precious metals and other securities at
a substantial savings over regular commission rates. Call Investor Services
for information.

Note: If you buy or sell T. Rowe Price Funds through anyone other than T. Rowe
Price, such as broker-dealers or banks, you may be charged transaction or
service fees by those institutions. No such fees are charged by T. Rowe Price
Investment Services or the fund for transactions conducted directly with the
fund.

APPENDIX A
(Three pie charts appear here as an illustration of the funds' investment
programs and risk profiles.)

Chart 1 - Personal Strategy Trust Fund Prospectus


____________________________________________________________________________

      DESCRIPTION OF SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN EDGAR FILING AND
                               PRINTED COPY

Information appearing in all capital letters before a paragraph in the Edgar
filing will appear, in the printed copy, as call-outs in the left margin.





































































                    PAGE 2
                                   STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                         T. ROWE PRICE GNMA FUND
                                   T. ROWE PRICE HIGH YIELD FUND, INC.
                                   T. ROWE PRICE NEW INCOME FUND, INC.
                               T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS, INC.
                                     Personal Strategy Balanced Fund
                                      Personal Strategy Growth Fund
                                      Personal Strategy Income Fund
                                  T. ROWE PRICE PRIME RESERVE FUND, INC.
                                 T. ROWE PRICE SHORT-TERM BOND FUND, INC.
                           T. ROWE PRICE SHORT-TERM U.S. GOVERNMENT FUND,
          INC.
                                 T. ROWE PRICE U.S. TREASURY FUNDS, INC.
                                     U.S. Treasury Intermediate Fund
                                       U.S. Treasury Long-Term Fund
                                         U.S. Treasury Money Fund

                          (collectively the "Funds" and individually the
          "Fund")













                         This Statement of Additional Information is not a
                    prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the
          appropriate
                    Fund's prospectus dated October 1, 1994, amended to
          March 31,
                    1995 (T. Rowe Price Short-Term U.S. Government Fund,
          Inc.), which
                    may be obtained from T. Rowe Price Investment Services,
          Inc., 100
                    East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.    

                         If you would like a prospectus for a Fund of which
          you are
                    not a shareholder, please call 1-800-638-5660.  A
          prospectus with
                    more complete information, including management fees
          and expenses
                    will be sent to you.  Please read it carefully.

                         The date of this Statement of Additional
          Information is
                    October 1, 1994.    











































                    PAGE 3
                                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                               Page                       
          Page

                    Asset-Backed Securities .  16   Lending of Portfolio
                    Capital Stock . . . . . .  84    Securities . . . . . . 
          26
                    Code of Ethics  . . . . .  61   Management of Fund  . . 
          50
                    Custodian . . . . . . . .  61   Mortgage-Related
                    Description of the Fund .  85    Securities . . . . . .
          . 9
                    Distributor for Fund  . .  60   Net Asset Value Per
                    Dividends and Distributions72    Share  . . . . . . . . 
          72
                    Federal and State               Options . . . . . . . . 
          29
                     Registration of Shares .  86   Portfolio Transactions  
          62
                    Foreign Currency                Pricing of Securities . 
          69
                     Transactions . . . . . .  42   Principal Holders of
                    Foreign Futures and Options40    Securities . . . . . . 
          56
                    Futures Contracts . . . .  34   Ratings of Commercial
                    Hybrid Instruments  . . .  22    Paper  . . . . . . . . 
          89
                    Independent Accountants .  87   Ratings of Corporate
                    Illiquid or Restricted           Debt Securities  . . . 
          89
                     Securities . . . . . . .  25   Repurchase Agreements . 
          27
                    Investment Management           Risk Factors  . . . . .
          . 3
                     Services . . . . . . . .  56   Tax Status  . . . . . . 
          72
                    Investment Objectives           Taxation of Foreign
                     and Policies . . . . . . . 2    Shareholders . . . . . 
          73
                    Investment Performance  .  75   Warrants  . . . . . . . 
          22
                    Investment Program  . . . . 8   When-Issued Securities
          and
                    Investment Restrictions .  44    Forward Commitment
                    Legal Counsel . . . . . .  86    Contracts  . . . . . . 
          24
                                                    Yield Information . . . 
          74


                                    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES













                         The following information supplements the
          discussion of each
                    Fund's investment objectives and policies discussed in
          each
                    Fund's prospectus.  The Funds will not make a material
          change in
                    their investment objectives without obtaining
          shareholder
                    approval.  Unless otherwise specified, the investment
          programs
                    and restrictions of the Funds are not fundamental
          policies.  Each
                    Fund's operating policies are subject to change by each
          Board of
                    Directors/Trustees without shareholder approval. 
          However,
                    shareholders will be notified of a material change in
          an
                    operating policy.  Each Fund's fundamental policies may
          not be
                    changed without the approval of at least a majority of
          the
                    outstanding shares of the Fund or, if it is less, 67%
          of the 



















                    PAGE 4
                    shares represented at a meeting of shareholders at
          which the
                    holders of 50% or more of the shares are represented.

                         Throughout this Statement of Additional
          Information, "the
                    Fund" is intended to refer to each Fund listed on the
          cover page,
                    unless otherwise indicated.













                                               RISK FACTORS

                    All Funds

                         Debt Obligations

                         Yields on short, intermediate, and long-term
          securities are
                    dependent on a variety of factors, including the
          general
                    conditions of the money and bond markets, the size of a
                    particular offering, the maturity of the obligation,
          and the
                    credit quality and rating of the issue.  Debt
          securities with
                    longer maturities tend to have higher yields and are
          generally
                    subject to potentially greater capital appreciation and
                    depreciation than obligations with shorter maturities
          and lower
                    yields.  The market prices of debt securities usually
          vary,
                    depending upon available yields.  An increase in
          interest rates
                    will generally reduce the value of portfolio debt
          securities, and
                    a decline in interest rates will generally increase the
          value of
                    portfolio debt securities.  The ability of the Fund to
          achieve
                    its investment objective is also dependent on the
          continuing
                    ability of the issuers of the debt securities in which
          the Fund
                    invests to meet their obligations for the payment of
          interest and
                    principal when due.  Although the Fund seeks to reduce
          risk by
                    portfolio diversification, credit analysis, and
          attention to
                    trends in the economy, industries and financial
          markets, such
                    efforts will not eliminate all risk.  There can, of
          course, be no
                    assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment
          objective.

                         After purchase by the Fund, a debt security may
          cease to be
                    rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum
          required for
                    purchase by the Fund.  For the Prime Reserve and U.S.
          Treasury
                    Money Funds, the procedures set forth in Rule 2a-7,












          under the
                    Investment Company Act of 1940, may require the prompt
          sale of
                    any such security.  For the other Funds, neither event
          will
                    require a sale of such security by the Fund.  However,
          T. Rowe
                    Price will consider such event in its determination of
          whether
                    the Fund should continue to hold the security.  To the
          extent
                    that the ratings given by Moody's or S&P may change as
          a result
                    of changes in such organizations or their rating
          systems, the 


















                    PAGE 5
                    Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as
          standards for
                    investments in accordance with the investment policies
          contained
                    in the prospectus.  When purchasing unrated securities,
          T. Rowe
                    Price, under the supervision of the Fund's Board of
          Directors,
                    determines whether the unrated security is of a qualify
                    comparable to that which the Fund is allowed to
          purchase.

                         Reference is also made to the sections entitled
          "Types of
                    Securities" and "Portfolio Management Practices" for
          discussions
                    of the risks associated with the investments and
          practices
                    described therein as they apply to the Fund.













                    All Funds (except Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds)

                         Because of its investment policy, the Fund may or
          may not be
                    suitable or appropriate for all investors.  The Fund is
          not a
                    money market fund and is not an appropriate investment
          for those
                    whose primary objective is principal stability.  The
          value of the
                    portfolio securities of the Fund will fluctuate based
          upon market
                    conditions.  Although the Fund seeks to reduce risk by
          investing
                    in a diversified portfolio, such diversification does
          not
                    eliminate all risk.  There can, of course, be no
          assurance that
                    the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

                    Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds

                         There can be no assurance that the Funds will
          achieve their
                    investment objectives or be able to maintain their net
          asset
                    value per share at $1.00.  The price of the Fund is not
                    guaranteed or insured by the U.S. Government and its
          yield is not
                    fixed.  An increase in interest rates could reduce the
          value of
                    the Fund's portfolio investments, and a decline in
          interest rates
                    could increase the value.

                    All Funds (except Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds)

                         Mortgage securities differ from conventional bonds
          in that
                    principal is paid back over the life of the security
          rather than
                    at maturity.  As a result, the holder of a mortgage
          security
                    (i.e., the Fund) receives monthly scheduled payments of
          principal
                    and interest, and may receive unscheduled principal
          payments
                    representing prepayments on the underlying mortgages. 
          The
                    incidence of unscheduled principal prepayments is also
          likely to
                    increase in mortgage pools owned by the Fund when












          prevailing
                    mortgage loan rates fall below the mortgage rates of
          the
                    securities underlying the individual pool.  The effect
          of such
                    prepayments in a falling rate environment is to (1)
          cause the 


















                    PAGE 6
                    Fund to reinvest principal payments at the then lower
          prevailing
                    interest rate, and (2) reduce the potential for capital
                    appreciation beyond the face amount of the security. 
          Conversely,
                    the Fund may realize a gain on prepayments of mortgage
          pools
                    trading at a discount.  Such prepayments will provide
          an early
                    return of principal which may then be reinvested at the
          then
                    higher prevailing interest rate.

                         The market value of adjustable rate mortgage
          securities
                    ("ARMs"), like other U.S. government securities, will
          generally
                    vary inversely with changes in market interest rates,
          declining
                    when interest rates rise and rising when interest rates
          decline. 
                    Because of their periodic adjustment feature, ARMs
          should be more
                    sensitive to short-term interest rates than long-term
          rates. 
                    They should also display less volatility than long-term
          mortgage
                    securities.  Thus, while having less risk of a decline












          during
                    periods of rapidly rising rates, ARMs may also have
          less
                    potential for capital appreciation than other
          investments of
                    comparable maturities.  Interest rate caps on mortgages
                    underlying ARM securities may prevent income on the ARM
          from
                    increasing to prevailing interest rate levels and cause
          the
                    securities to decline in value.  In addition, to the
          extent ARMs
                    are purchased at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and
          unscheduled
                    principal prepayments may result in some loss of the
          holders'
                    principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. 
          On the
                    other hand, if ARMs are purchased at a discount, both a
          scheduled
                    payment of principal and an unscheduled prepayment of
          principal
                    will increase current and total returns and will
          accelerate the
                    recognition of income which when distributed to
          shareholders will
                    be taxable as ordinary income.

                    High Yield, New Income, Personal Strategy, and
          Short-Term Bond
                    Funds

                                    Risk Factors of Foreign Investing

                         There are special risks in foreign investing. 
          Certain of
                    these risks are inherent in any mutual fund investing
          in foreign
                    securities while others relate more to the countries in
          which the
                    Funds will invest.  Many of the risks are more
          pronounced for
                    investments in developing or emerging countries, such
          as many of
                    the countries of Southeast Asia, Latin America, Eastern
          Europe
                    and the Middle East.  Although there is no universally
          accepted
                    definition, a developing country is generally
          considered to be a
                    country which is in the initial stages of its
          industrialization
                    cycle with a per capita gross national product of less
          than












                    $8,000.


















                    PAGE 7

                         Political and Economic Factors.  Individual
          foreign
                    economies of certain countries may differ favorably or
                    unfavorably from the United States' economy in such
          respects as
                    growth of gross national product, rate of inflation,
          capital
                    reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of
          payments
                    position.  The internal politics of certain foreign
          countries are
                    not as stable as in the United States.  For example, in
          1991, the
                    existing government in Thailand was overthrown in a
          military
                    coup.  In 1992, there were two military coup attempts
          in
                    Venezuela and in 1992 the President of Brazil was
          impeached.  In
                    addition, significant external political risks
          currently affect
                    some foreign countries.  Both Taiwan and China still
          claim
                    sovereignty of one another and there is a demilitarized
          border
                    between North and South Korea.

                         Governments in certain foreign countries continue
          to
                    participate to a significant degree, through ownership
          interest
                    or regulation, in their respective economies.  Action
          by these












                    governments could have a significant effect on market
          prices of
                    securities and payment of dividends.  The economies of
          many
                    foreign countries are heavily dependent upon
          international trade
                    and are accordingly affected by protective trade
          barriers and
                    economic conditions of their trading partners.  The
          enactment by
                    these trading partners of protectionist trade
          legislation could
                    have a significant adverse effect upon the securities
          markets of
                    such countries.

                         Currency Fluctuations.  The Funds will invest in
          securities
                    denominated in various currencies.  Accordingly, a
          change in the
                    value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will
          result in
                    a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of the
          Funds'
                    assets denominated in that currency.  Such changes will
          also
                    affect the Funds' income.  Generally, when a given
          currency
                    appreciates against the dollar (the dollar weakens) the
          value of
                    the Fund's securities denominated in that currency will
          rise. 
                    When a given currency depreciates against the dollar
          (the dollar
                    strengthens) the value of the Funds' securities
          denominated in
                    that currency would be expected to decline.

                         Investment and Repatriation of Restrictions. 
          Foreign
                    investment in the securities markets of certain foreign
          countries
                    is restricted or controlled in varying degrees.  These
                    restrictions may limit at times and preclude investment
          in
                    certain of such countries and may increase the cost and
          expenses
                    of the Funds.  Investments by foreign investors are
          subject to a
                    variety of restrictions in many developing countries. 
          These 





























                    PAGE 8
                    restrictions may take the form of prior governmental
          approval,
                    limits on the amount or type of securities held by
          foreigners,
                    and limits on the types of companies in which
          foreigners may
                    invest.  Additional or different restrictions may be
          imposed at
                    any time by these or other countries in which the Funds
          invest. 
                    In addition, the repatriation of both investment income
          and
                    capital from several foreign countries is restricted
          and
                    controlled under certain regulations, including in some
          cases the
                    need for certain government consents.  For example,
          capital
                    invested in Chile normally cannot be repatriated for
          one year.

                         Market Characteristics.  Foreign stock and bond
          markets are
                    generally not as developed or efficient as, and may be
          more
                    volatile than, those in the United States.  While
          growing in
                    volume, they usually have substantially less volume
          than U.S.
                    markets and the Funds' portfolio securities may be less
          liquid
                    and subject to more rapid and erratic price movements
          than
                    securities of comparable U.S. companies.  Equity
          securities may
                    trade at price/earnings multiples higher than
          comparable United
                    States securities and such levels may not be
          sustainable.  Fixed












                    commissions on foreign stock exchanges are generally
          higher than
                    negotiated commissions on United States exchanges,
          although the
                    Funds will endeavor to achieve the most favorable net
          results on
                    their portfolio transactions.  There is generally less
          government
                    supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges,
          brokers
                    and listed companies than in the United States. 
          Moreover,
                    settlement practices for transactions in foreign
          markets may
                    differ from those in United States markets.  Such
          differences may
                    include delays beyond periods customary in the United
          States and
                    practices, such as delivery of securities prior to
          receipt of
                    payment, which increase the likelihood of a "failed
          settlement." 
                    Failed settlements can result in losses to a Fund.

                         Investment Funds.  The Funds may invest in
          investment funds
                    which have been authorized by the governments of
          certain
                    countries specifically to permit foreign investment in
          securities
                    of companies listed and traded on the stock exchanges
          in these
                    respective countries.  The Funds' investment in these
          funds is
                    subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act.  If the
          Funds invest
                    in such investment funds, the Funds' shareholders will
          bear not
                    only their proportionate share of the expenses of the
          Funds
                    (including operating expenses and the fees of the
          investment
                    manager), but also will bear indirectly similar
          expenses of the
                    underlying investment funds.  In addition, the
          securities of
                    these investment funds may trade at a premium over
          their net
                    asset value.






























                    PAGE 9
                         Information and Supervision.  There is generally
          less
                    publicly available information about foreign companies
          comparable
                    to reports and ratings that are published about
          companies in the
                    United States.  Foreign companies are also generally
          not subject
                    to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting
                    standards, practices and requirements comparable to
          those
                    applicable to United States companies.  It also may be
          more
                    difficult to keep currently informed of corporate
          actions which
                    affect the prices of portfolio securities.

                         Taxes.  The dividends and interest payable on
          certain of the
                    Funds' foreign portfolio securities may be subject to
          foreign
                    withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of
          income
                    available for distribution to the Funds' shareholders. 


                         Other.  With respect to certain foreign countries,
                    especially developing and emerging ones, there is the
          possibility
                    of adverse changes in investment or exchange control
          regulations,
                    expropriation or confiscatory taxation, limitations on
          the
                    removal of funds or other assets of the Funds,
          political or
                    social instability, or diplomatic developments which
          could affect
                    investments by U.S. persons in those countries.  

                         Eastern Europe and Russia.  Changes occurring in












          Eastern
                    Europe and Russia today could have long-term potential
                    consequences.  As restrictions fall, this could result
          in rising
                    standards of living, lower manufacturing costs, growing
          consumer
                    spending, and substantial economic growth.  However,
          investment
                    in the countries of Eastern Europe and Russia is highly
                    speculative at this time.  Political and economic
          reforms are too
                    recent to establish a definite trend away from
          centrally-planned
                    economies and state owned industries.  In many of the
          countries
                    of Eastern Europe and Russia, there is no stock
          exchange or
                    formal market for securities.  Such countries may also
          have
                    government exchange controls, currencies with no
          recognizable
                    market value relative to the established currencies of
          western
                    market economies, little or no experience in trading in
                    securities, no financial reporting standards, a lack of
          a banking
                    and securities infrastructure to handle such trading,
          and a legal
                    tradition which does not recognize rights in private
          property. 
                    In addition, these countries may have national policies
          which
                    restrict investments in companies deemed sensitive to
          the
                    country's national interest.  Further, the governments
          in such
                    countries may require governmental or
          quasi-governmental
                    authorities to act as custodian of a Fund's assets
          invested in
                    such countries and these authorities may not qualify as
          a foreign
                    custodian under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and
          exemptive 





























                    PAGE 10
                    relief from such Act may be required.  All of these
                    considerations are among the factors which could cause
                    significant risks and uncertainties to investment in
          Eastern
                    Europe and Russia.  Each Fund will only invest in a
          company
                    located in, or a government of, Eastern Europe and
          Russia, if it
                    believes the potential return justifies the risk.  To
          the extent
                    any securities issued by companies in Eastern Europe
          and Russia
                    are considered illiquid, each Fund will be required to
          include
                    such securities within its 15% restriction on investing
          in
                    illiquid securities.

                    High Yield and Personal Strategy Funds

                    Special Risks of Investing in Junk Bonds

                         The following special considerations are
          additional risk
                    factors associated with the Fund's investments in lower
          rated
                    debt securities.

                         Youth and Growth of the Lower Rated Debt
          Securities Market. 
                    The market for lower rated debt securities is
          relatively new and
                    its growth has paralleled a long economic expansion. 
          Past
                    experience may not, therefore, provide an accurate
          indication of
                    future performance of this market, particularly during
          periods of
                    economic recession.  An economic downturn or increase
          in interest
                    rates is likely to have a greater negative effect on
          this market,
                    the value of lower rated debt securities in the Fund's
          portfolio,
                    the Fund's net asset value and the ability of the
          bonds' issuers












                    to repay principal and interest, meet projected
          business goals
                    and obtain additional financing than on higher rated
          securities. 
                    These circumstances also may result in a higher
          incidence of
                    defaults than with respect to higher rated securities. 
          An
                    investment in this Fund is more speculative than
          investment in
                    shares of a fund which invests only in higher rated
          debt
                    securities.

                         Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes. 
          Prices
                    of lower rated debt securities may be more sensitive to
          adverse
                    economic changes or corporate developments than higher
          rated
                    investments.  Debt securities with longer maturities,
          which may
                    have higher yields, may increase or decrease in value
          more than
                    debt securities with shorter maturities.  Market prices
          of lower
                    rated debt securities structured as zero coupon or
          pay-in-kind
                    securities are affected to a greater extent by interest
          rate
                    changes and may be more volatile than securities which
          pay
                    interest periodically and in cash.  Where it deems it
          appropriate
                    and in the best interests of Fund shareholders, the
          Fund may 






























                    PAGE 11
                    incur additional expenses to seek recovery on a debt
          security on
                    which the issuer has defaulted and to pursue litigation
          to
                    protect the interests of security holders of its
          portfolio
                    companies.

                         Liquidity and Valuation.  Because the market for
          lower rated
                    securities may be thinner and less active than for
          higher rated
                    securities, there may be market price volatility for
          these
                    securities and limited liquidity in the resale market. 
          Nonrated
                    securities are usually not as attractive to as many
          buyers as
                    rated securities are, a factor which may make nonrated
          securities
                    less marketable.  These factors may have the effect of
          limiting
                    the availability of the securities for purchase by the
          Fund and
                    may also limit the ability of the Fund to sell such
          securities at
                    their fair value either to meet redemption requests or
          in
                    response to changes in the economy or the financial
          markets. 
                    Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or
          not based
                    on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and
          liquidity of
                    lower rated debt securities, especially in a thinly
          traded
                    market.  To the extent the Fund owns or may acquire
          illiquid or
                    restricted lower rated securities, these securities may
          involve
                    special registration responsibilities, liabilities and
          costs, and
                    liquidity and valuation difficulties.  Changes in
          values of debt
                    securities which the Fund owns will affect its net
          asset value
                    per share.  If market quotations are not readily
          available for
                    the Fund's lower rated or nonrated securities, these
          securities
                    will be valued by a method that the Fund's Board of
          Directors
                    believes accurately reflects fair value.  Judgment












          plays a
                    greater role in valuing lower rated debt securities
          than with
                    respect to securities for which more external sources
          of
                    quotations and last sale information are available.

                         Congressional Action.  New and proposed laws may
          have an
                    impact on the market for lower rated debt securities. 
          For
                    example, as a result of the Financial Institution's
          Reform,
                    Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, savings and loan
                    associations were required to dispose of their high
          yield bonds
                    no later than July 1, 1994.  Qualified affiliates of
          savings and
                    loan associations, however, may purchase and retain
          these
                    securities, and savings and loan associations may
          divest these
                    securities by sale to their qualified affiliates.  T.
          Rowe Price
                    is unable at this time to predict what effect, if any,
          the
                    legislation may have on the market for lower rated debt
                    securities.

                         Taxation.  Special tax considerations are
          associated with
                    investing in lower rated debt securities structured as
          zero 


















                    PAGE 12
                    coupon or pay-in-kind securities.  The Fund accrues
          income on












                    these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. 
          The Fund
                    must distribute substantially all of its income to its
                    shareholders to qualify for pass-through treatment
          under the tax
                    laws and may, therefore, have to dispose of its
          portfolio
                    securities to satisfy distribution requirements.

                         Reference is also made to the sections entitled
          "Types of
                    Securities" and "Portfolio Management Practices" for
          discussions
                    of the risks associated with the investments and
          practices
                    described therein as they apply to the Fund.


                                            INVESTMENT PROGRAM

                                           Types of Securities

                         Set forth below is additional information about
          certain of
                    the investments described in the Fund's prospectus.

                                             Debt Securities

                         Fixed income securities in which the Fund may
          invest
                    include, but are not limited to, those described below.

                    All Funds

                         U.S. Government Obligations.  Bills, notes, bonds
          and other
                    debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury.  These are
          direct
                    obligations of the U.S. Government and differ mainly in
          the
                    length of their maturities.

                         U.S. Government Agency Securities.  Issued or
          guaranteed by
                    U.S. Government sponsored enterprises and federal
          agencies. 
                    These include securities issued by the Federal National
          Mortgage
                    Association, Government National Mortgage Association,
          Federal 
                    Home Loan Bank, Federal Land Banks, Farmers Home
          Administration,
                    Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit
          Banks,












                    Federal Financing Bank, Farm Credit Banks, the Small
          Business
                    Association, and the Tennessee Valley Authority.  Some
          of these
                    securities are supported by the full faith and credit
          of the U.S.
                    Treasury; and the remainder are supported only by the
          credit of
                    the instrumentality, which may or may not include the
          right of
                    the issuer to borrow from the Treasury. 






















                    PAGE 13
                         The GNMA, U.S. Treasury Money, Intermediate, and
          Long-Term 
                    Funds may only invest in these securities if they are
          supported
                    by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

                    All Funds, except GNMA, U.S. Treasury Money,
          Intermediate and
                    Long-Term Funds

                         Bank Obligations.  Certificates of deposit,
          bankers'
                    acceptances, and other short-term debt obligations. 
          Certificates
                    of deposit are short-term obligations of commercial
          banks.  A
                    bankers' acceptance is a time draft drawn on a
          commercial bank by
                    a borrower, usually in connection with international
          commercial












                    transactions.  Certificates of deposit may have fixed
          or variable
                    rates.  The Fund may invest in U.S. banks, foreign
          branches of
                    U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks, and foreign
          branches
                    of foreign banks.

                         Corporate Debt Securities.  Outstanding
          nonconvertible
                    corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures).

                    Corporate notes may have fixed, variable, or floating
          rates.

                         Commercial Paper.  Short-term promissory notes
          issued by
                    corporations primarily to finance short-term credit
          needs. 
                    Certain notes may have floating or variable rates.

                         Foreign Government Securities.  Issued or
          guaranteed by a
                    foreign government, province, instrumentality,
          political
                    subdivision or similar unit thereof.

                         Savings and Loan Obligations.  Negotiable
          certificates of
                    deposit and other short-term debt obligations of
          savings and loan
                    associations.  

                         Supranational Agencies.  Securities of certain
          supranational
                    entities, such as the International Development Bank.

                    All Funds (except Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds)

                                       Mortgage-Related Securities

                         Mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may
          invest
                    include, but are not limited to, those described below. 
          The
                    GNMA, U.S. Treasury Intermediate and U.S. Treasury
          Long-Term
                    Funds may only invest in these securities to the extent
          they are
                    backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
          Government.































                    PAGE 14
                         Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Mortgage-backed
          securities are
                    securities representing an interest in a pool of
          mortgages.  The
                    mortgages may be of a variety of types, including
          adjustable
                    rate, conventional 30-year fixed rate, graduated
          payment, and 15-
                    year.  Principal and interest payments made on the
          mortgages in
                    the underlying mortgage pool are passed through to the
          Fund. This
                    is in contrast to traditional bonds where principal is
          normally
                    paid back at maturity in a lump sum.  Unscheduled
          prepayments of
                    principal shorten the securities' weighted average life
          and may
                    lower their total return.  (When a mortgage in the
          underlying
                    mortgage pool is prepaid, an unscheduled principal
          prepayment is
                    passed through to the Fund.  This principal is returned
          to the
                    Fund at par.  As a result, if a mortgage security were
          trading at
                    a premium, its total return would be lowered by
          prepayments, and
                    if a mortgage security were trading at a discount, its
          total
                    return would be increased by prepayments.)  The value
          of these
                    securities also may change because of changes in the
          market's
                    perception of the creditworthiness of the federal
          agency that












                    issued them.  In addition, the mortgage securities
          market in
                    general may be adversely affected by changes in
          governmental
                    regulation or tax policies.

                         U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities. 
          These
                    are obligations issued or guaranteed by the United
          States
                    Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities,
          such as
                    the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie
          Mae" or
                    "GNMA"), the Federal National Mortgage Association
          ("Fannie Mae"
                    or "FNMA") the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
          ("Freddie
                    Mac" or "FHLMC"), and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage
                    Corporation ("Farmer Mac" or "FAMC").  FNMA, FHLMC, and
          FAMC
                    obligations are not backed by the full faith and credit
          of the
                    U.S. Government as GNMA certificates are, but they are
          supported
                    by the instrumentality's right to borrow from the
          United States
                    Treasury.  U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-Backed 
                    Certificates provide for the pass-through to investors
          of their
                    pro-rata share of monthly payments (including any
          prepayments)
                    made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage
          loans,
                    net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such
          securities and the
                    servicer of the underlying mortgage loans.  Each of
          GNMA, FNMA,
                    FHLMC, and FAMC guarantees timely distributions of
          interest to
                    certificate holders.  GNMA and FNMA guarantee timely
                    distributions of scheduled principal. FHLMC has in the
          past
                    guaranteed only the ultimate collection of principal of
          the
                    underlying mortgage loan; however, FHLMC now issues
                    Mortgage-Backed Securities (FHLMC Gold PCs) which also
          guarantee
                    timely payment of monthly principal reductions.






























                    PAGE 15
                         Ginnie Mae Certificates.  Ginnie Mae is a
          wholly-owned
                    corporate instrumentality of the United States within
          the
                    Department of Housing and Urban Development.  The
          National
                    Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Housing Act"),
          authorizes
                    Ginnie Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the
          principal of
                    and interest on certificates that are based on and
          backed by a
                    pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing
                    Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the
          Housing
                    Act of 1949 ("FHA Loans"), or guaranteed by the
          Department of
                    Veterans Affairs under the Servicemen's Readjustment
          Act of 1944,
                    as amended ("VA Loans"), or by pools of other eligible
          mortgage
                    loans.  The Housing Act provides that the full faith
          and credit
                    of the United States government is pledged to the
          payment of all
                    amounts that may be required to be paid under any
          guaranty.  In
                    order to meet its obligations under such guaranty,
          Ginnie Mae is
                    authorized to borrow from the United States Treasury
          with no
                    limitations as to amount.

                         Fannie Mae Certificates.  Fannie Mae is a
          federally
                    chartered and privately owned corporation organized and
          existing
                    under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter
          Act of
                    1938.  FNMA Certificates represent a pro-rata interest












          in a group
                    of mortgage loans purchased by Fannie Mae.  FNMA
          guarantees the
                    timely payment of principal and interest on the
          securities it
                    issues.  The obligations of FNMA are not backed by the
          full faith
                    and credit of the U.S. Government.

                         Freddie Mac Certificates.  Freddie Mac is a
          corporate
                    instrumentality of the United States created pursuant
          to the
                    Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the
          "FHLMC Act"). 
                    Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro-rata interest
          in a group
                    of mortgage loans (a "Freddie Mac Certificate group")
          purchased
                    by Freddie Mac.  Freddie Mac guarantees timely payment
          of
                    interest and principal on certain securities it issues
          and timely
                    payment of interest and eventual payment of principal
          on other
                    securities is issues.  The obligations of Freddie Mac
          are
                    obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by
          the full
                    faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

                    Farmer Mac Certificates.  The Federal Agricultural
          Mortgage
                    Corporation ("Farmer Mac") is a federally chartered
                    instrumentality of the United States established by
          Title VIII of
                    the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended ("Charter
          Act").  Farmer
                    Mac was chartered primarily to attract new capital for
          financing
                    of agricultural real estate by making a secondary
          market in
                    certain qualified agricultural real estate loans. 
          Farmer Mac
                    provides guarantees of timely payment of principal and
          interest 





























                    PAGE 16
                    on securities representing interests in, or obligations
          backed
                    by, pools of mortgages secured by first liens on
          agricultural
                    real estate ("Farmer Mac Certificates").  Similar to
          Fannie Mae
                    and Freddie Mac, Farmer Mac's Certificates are not
          supported by
                    the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government;
          rather, Farmer
                    Mac may borrow up from the U.S. Treasury to meet its
          guaranty
                    obligations.  

                         As discussed above, prepayments on the underlying
          mortgages
                    and their effect upon the rate of return of a
          Mortgage-Backed
                    Security, is the principal investment risk for a
          purchaser of
                    such securities, like the Fund.  Over time, any pool of
          mortgages
                    will experience prepayments due to a variety of
          factors,
                    including (1) sales of the underlying homes (including
                    foreclosures), (2) refinancings of the underlying
          mortgages, and
                    (3) increased amortization by the mortgagee.  These
          factors, in
                    turn, depend upon general economic factors, such as
          level of
                    interest rates and economic growth.  Thus, investors
          normally
                    expect prepayment rates to increase during periods of
          strong
                    economic growth or declining interest rates, and to
          decrease in
                    recessions and rising interest rate environments. 
          Accordingly,
                    the life of the Mortgage-Backed Security is likely to
          be
                    substantially shorter than the stated maturity of the
          mortgages
                    in the underlying pool.  Because of such variation in












          prepayment
                    rates, it is not possible to predict the life of a
          particular
                    Mortgage-Backed Security, but FHA statistics indicate
          that 25- to
                    30-year single family dwelling mortgages have an
          average life of
                    approximately 12 years.  The majority of Ginnie Mae
          Certificates
                    are backed by mortgages of this type, and, accordingly,
          the
                    generally accepted practice treats Ginnie Mae
          Certificates as 30-
                    year securities which prepay full in the 12th year. 
          FNMA and
                    Freddie Mac Certificates may have differing prepayment
                    characteristics.

                         Fixed Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities bear a
          stated "coupon
                    rate" which represents the effective mortgage rate at
          the time of
                    issuance, less certain fees to GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC for
          providing
                    the guarantee, and the issuer for assembling the pool
          and for
                    passing through monthly payments of interest and
          principal.

                         Payments to holders of Mortgage-Backed Securities
          consist of
                    the monthly distributions of interest and principal
          less the
                    applicable fees.  The actual yield to be earned by a
          holder of
                    Mortgage-Backed Securities is calculated by dividing
          interest
                    payments by the purchase price paid for the
          Mortgage-Backed
                    Securities (which may be at a premium or a discount
          from the face
                    value of the certificate).





























                    PAGE 17

                         Monthly distributions of interest, as contrasted
          to semi-
                    annual distributions which are common for other fixed
          interest
                    investments, have the effect of compounding and thereby
          raising
                    the effective annual yield earned on Mortgage-Backed
          Securities. 
                    Because of the variation in the life of the pools of
          mortgages
                    which back various Mortgage-Backed Securities, and
          because it is
                    impossible to anticipate the rate of interest at which
          future
                    principal payments may be reinvested, the actual yield
          earned
                    from a portfolio of Mortgage-Backed Securities will
          differ
                    significantly from the yield estimated by using an
          assumption of
                    a certain life for each Mortgage-Backed Security
          included in such
                    a portfolio as described above.

                         U.S. Government Agency Multiclass Pass-Through
          Securities.  
                    Unlike CMOs, U.S. Government Agency Multiclass
          Pass-Through
                    Securities, which include FNMA Guaranteed REMIC
          Pass-Through
                    Certificates and FHLMC Multi-Class Mortgage
          Participation
                    Certificates, are ownership interests in a pool of
          Mortgage
                    Assets.  Unless the context indicates otherwise, all
          references
                    herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through
          securities.

                         Multi-Class Residential Mortgage Securities.  Such
                    securities represent interests in pools of mortgage
          loans to
                    residential home buyers made by commercial banks,
          savings and
                    loan associations or other financial institutions. 
          Unlike GNMA,
                    FNMA and FHLMC securities, the payment of principal and












          interest
                    on Multi-Class Residential Mortgage Securities is not
          guaranteed
                    by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies. 
          Accordingly,
                    yields on Multi-Class Residential Mortgage Securities
          have been
                    historically higher than the yields on U.S. government
          mortgage
                    securities.  However, the risk of loss due to default
          on such
                    instruments is higher since they are not guaranteed by
          the U.S.
                    Government or its agencies.  Additionally, pools of
          such
                    securities may be divided into senior or subordinated
          segments. 
                    Although subordinated mortgage securities may have a
          higher yield
                    than senior mortgage securities, the risk of loss of
          principal is
                    greater because losses on the underlying mortgage loans
          must be
                    borne by persons holding subordinated securities before
          those
                    holding senior mortgage securities.

                         Privately-Issued Mortgage-Backed Certificates. 
          These are
                    pass-through certificates issued by non-governmental
          issuers. 
                    Pools of conventional residential mortgage loans
          created by such
                    issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than
          government
                    and government-related pools because there are no
          direct or
                    indirect government guarantees of payment.  Timely
          payment of 





























                    PAGE 18
                    interest and principal of these pools is, however,
          generally
                    supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees,
          including
                    individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance.  The
          insurance
                    and guarantees are issued by government entities,
          private
                    insurance or the mortgage poolers.  Such insurance and
          guarantees
                    and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be
                    considered in determining whether a mortgage-related
          security
                    meets the Fund's quality standards.  The Fund may buy
          mortgage-
                    related securities without insurance or guarantees if
          through an
                    examination of the loan experience and practices of the
          poolers,
                    the investment manager determines that the securities
          meet the
                    Fund's quality standards.

                         Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs).  CMOs
          are bonds
                    that are collateralized by whole loan mortgages or
          mortgage pass-
                    through securities.  The bonds issued in a CMO deal are
          divided
                    into groups, and each group of bonds is referred to as
          a
                    "tranche."  Under the traditional CMO structure, the
          cash flows
                    generated by the mortgages or mortgage pass-through
          securities in
                    the collateral pool are used to first pay interest and
          then pay
                    principal to the CMO bondholders.  The bonds issued
          under a CMO
                    structure are retired sequentially as opposed to the
          pro rata
                    return of principal found in traditional pass-through
                    obligations.  Subject to the various provisions of
          individual CMO
                    issues, the cash flow generated by the underlying
          collateral (to
                    the extent it exceeds the amount required to pay the
          stated
                    interest) is used to retire the bonds.  Under the CMO
          structure,
                    the repayment of principal among the different tranches












          is
                    prioritized in accordance with the terms of the
          particular CMO
                    issuance.  The "fastest-pay" tranche of bonds, as
          specified in
                    the prospectus for the issuance, would initially
          receive all
                    principal payments.  When that tranche of bonds is
          retired, the
                    next tranche, or tranches, in the sequence, as
          specified in the
                    prospectus, receive all of the principal payments until
          they are
                    retired.  The sequential retirement of bond groups
          continues
                    until the last tranche, or group of bonds, is retired. 
                    Accordingly, the CMO structure allows the issuer to use
          cash
                    flows of long maturity, monthly-pay collateral to
          formulate
                    securities with short, intermediate and long final
          maturities and
                    expected average lives.

                         CMO structures may also include floating rate
          CMOs, planned
                    amortization classes, accrual bonds and CMO residuals. 
          These
                    structures affect the amount and timing of principal
          and interest
                    received by each tranche from the underlying
          collateral.  Under
                    certain of these structures, given classes of CMOs have
          priority
                    over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments
          on the 






























                    PAGE 19
                    mortgages.  Therefore, depending on the type of CMOs in
          which the
                    Fund invests, the investment may be subject to a
          greater or
                    lesser risk of prepayment than other types of
          mortgage-related
                    securities.

                         The primary risk of any mortgage security is the
          uncertainty
                    of the timing of cash flows.  For CMOs, the primary
          risk results
                    from the rate of prepayments on the underlying
          mortgages serving
                    as collateral.  An increase or decrease in prepayment
          rates
                    (resulting from a decrease or increase in mortgage
          interest
                    rates) will affect the yield, average life and price of
          CMOs. 
                    The prices of certain CMOs, depending on their
          structure and the
                    rate of prepayments, can be volatile.  Some CMOs may
          also not be
                    as liquid as other securities.

                         Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Stripped
          Mortgage-
                    Backed securities represent interests in a pool of
          mortgages, the
                    cash flow of which has been separated into its interest
          and
                    principal components.  "IOs" (interest only securities)
          receive
                    the interest portion of the cash flow while "POs"
          (principal only
                    securities) receive the principal portion.  IOs and POs
          are
                    usually structured as tranches of a CMO.  Stripped
                    Mortgage-Backed Securities may be issued by U.S.
          Government
                    Agencies or by private issuers similar to those
          described above
                    with respect to CMOs and privately-issued
          mortgage-backed
                    certificates.  As interest rates rise and fall, the
          value of IOs
                    tends to move in the same direction as interest rates. 
          The value
                    of the other mortgage-backed securities described
          herein, like
                    other debt instruments, will tend to move in the
          opposite












                    direction compared to interest rates.  Under the
          Internal Revenue
                    Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), POs may generate
          taxable
                    income from the current accrual of original issue
          discount,
                    without a corresponding distribution of cash to the
          Fund.

                         The cash flows and yields on IO and PO classes are
          extremely
                    sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including
                    prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. 
          In the
                    case of IOs, prepayments affect the amount, but not the
          timing,
                    of cash flows provided to the investor.  In contrast,
          prepayments
                    on the mortgage pool affect the timing, but not the
          amount, of
                    cash flows received by investors in POs.  A rapid or
          slow rate of
                    principal payments may have a material adverse effect
          on the
                    prices of IOs or POs, respectively.  If the underlying
          mortgage
                    assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments
          of
                    principal, an investor may fail to recoup fully its
          initial
                    investment in an IO class of a stripped mortgage-backed
          security,
                    even if the IO class is rated AAA or Aaa or is derived
          from a 


















                    PAGE 20
                    full faith and credit obligation.  Conversely, if the












          underlying
                    mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated
          prepayments of
                    principal, the price on a PO class will be affected
          more severely
                    than would be the case with a traditional
          mortgage-backed
                    security. 

                         The staff of the Securities and Exchange
          Commission has
                    advised the Fund that it believes the Fund should treat
          IOs and
                    POs, other than government-issued IOs or POs backed by
          fixed rate
                    mortgages, as illiquid securities and, accordingly,
          limit its
                    investments in such securities, together with all other
          illiquid
                    securities, to 15% of the Fund's net assets.  Under the
          Staff's
                    position, the determination of whether a particular
                    government-issued IO and PO backed by fixed rate
          mortgages may be
                    made on a case by case basis under guidelines and
          standards
                    established by the Fund's Board of Directors/Trustees. 
          The
                    Fund's Board of Directors/Trustees has delegated to T.
          Rowe Price
                    the authority to determine the liquidity of these
          investments
                    based on the following guidelines: the type of issuer;
          type of
                    collateral, including age and prepayment
          characteristics; rate of
                    interest on coupon relative to current market rates and
          the
                    effect of the rate on the potential for prepayments;
          complexity
                    of the issue's structure, including the number of
          tranches; size
                    of the issue and the number of dealers who make a
          market in the
                    IO or PO. The Fund will treat non-government-issued IOs
          and POs
                    not backed by fixed or adjustable rate mortgages as
          illiquid
                    unless and until the Securities and Exchange Commission
          modifies
                    its position.

                         Adjustable Rate Mortgages.  Adjustable rate
          mortgage (ARM)












                    securities are collateralized by adjustable rate,
          rather than
                    fixed rate, mortgages.

                         ARMs, like fixed rate mortgages, have a specified
          maturity
                    date, and the principal amount of the mortgage is
          repaid over the
                    life of the mortgage.  Unlike fixed rate mortgages, the
          interest
                    rate on ARMs is adjusted at regular intervals based on
          a
                    specified, published interest rate "index" such as a
          Treasury
                    rate index.  The new rate is determined by adding a
          specific
                    interest amount, the "margin," to the interest rate of
          the index. 
                    Investment in ARM securities allows the Fund to
          participate in
                    changing interest rate levels through regular
          adjustments in the
                    coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in more
          variable
                    current income and lower price volatility than longer
          term fixed
                    rate mortgage securities.  The ARM securities in which
          the Fund
                    expects to invest will generally adjust their interest
          rates at 



















                    PAGE 21
                    regular intervals of one year or less.  ARM securities
          are a less
                    effective means of locking in long-term rates than
          fixed rate












                    mortgages since the income from adjustable rate
          mortgages will
                    increase during periods of rising interest rates and
          decline
                    during periods of falling rates.

                         Characteristics of Adjustable Rate Mortgage
          Securities -
                    Interest Rate Indices.  The interest rates paid on
          adjustable
                    rate securities are readjusted periodically to an
          increment over
                    some predetermined interest rate index.  Such
          readjustments occur
                    at intervals ranging from one to 60 months.  There are
          three main
                    categories of indexes: (1) those based on U.S. Treasury
                    securities (2) those derived from a calculated measure
          such as a
                    cost of funds index ("COFI") or a moving average of
          mortgage
                    rates and (3) those based on actively traded or
          prominently
                    posted short-term, interest rates.  Commonly utilized
          indexes
                    include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant
          maturity
                    Treasury rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the
          180-day
                    Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury
          securities, the
                    11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the
          National
                    Median Cost of Funds, the one-month, three-month,
          six-month or
                    one-year London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), the
          prime rate of
                    a specific bank, or commercial paper rates.  Some
          indexes, such
                    as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate,
          closely mirror
                    changes in market interest rate levels.  Others, such
          as the 11th
                    District Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, tend to
          lag behind
                    changes in market rate levels.  The market value of the
          Fund's
                    assets and of the net asset value of the Fund's shares
          will be
                    affected by the length of the adjustment period, the
          degree of
                    volatility in the applicable indexes and the maximum
          increase or
                    decrease of the interest rate adjustment on any one












          adjustment
                    date, in any one year and over the life of the
          securities.  These
                    maximum increases and decreases are typically referred
          to as
                    "caps" and "floors", respectively.

                         A number of factors affect the performance of the
          Cost of
                    Funds Index and may cause the Cost of Funds Index to
          move in a
                    manner different from indices based upon specific
          interest rates,
                    such as the One Year Treasury Index.  Additionally,
          there can be
                    no assurance that the Cost of Funds Index will
          necessarily move
                    in the same direction or at the same rate as prevailing
          interest
                    rates.  Furthermore, any movement in the Cost of Funds
          Index as 
                    compared to other indices based upon specific interest
          rates may
                    be affected by changes instituted by the FHLB of San
          Francisco in
                    the method used to calculate the Cost of Funds Index. 
          To the
                    extent that the Cost of Funds Index may reflect
          interest changes 



















                    PAGE 22
                    on a more delayed basis than other indices, in a period
          of rising
                    interest rates, any increase may produce a higher yield
          later
                    than would be produced by such other indices, and in a












          period of
                    declining interest rates, the Cost of Funds Index may
          remain
                    higher than other market interest rates which may
          result in a
                    higher level of principal prepayments on mortgage loans
          which
                    adjust in accordance with the Cost of Funds Index than
          mortgage
                    loans which adjust in accordance with other indices.

                         LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the
          interest
                    rate that the most creditworthy international banks
          dealing in
                    U.S. dollar-denominated deposits and loans charge each
          other for
                    large dollar-denominated loans.  LIBOR is also usually
          the base
                    rate for large dollar-denominated loans in the
          international
                    market.  LIBOR is generally quoted for loans having
          rate
                    adjustments at one, three, six or 12 month intervals.

                         Caps and Floors.  ARMs will frequently have caps
          and floors
                    which limit the maximum amount by which the interest
          rate to the
                    residential borrower may move up or down, respectively,
          each
                    adjustment period and over the life of the loan. 
          Interest rate
                    caps on ARM securities may cause them to decrease in
          value in an
                    increasing interest rate environment.  Such caps may
          also prevent
                    their income from increasing to levels commensurate
          with
                    prevailing interest rates.  Conversely, interest rate
          floors on
                    ARM securities may cause their income to remain higher
          than
                    prevailing interest rate levels and result in an
          increase in the
                    value of such securities.  However, this increase may
          be tempered
                    by the acceleration of prepayments.

                         Mortgage securities generally have a maximum
          maturity of up
                    to 30 years.  However, due to the adjustable rate
          feature of ARM
                    securities, their prices are considered to have












          volatility
                    characteristics which approximate the average period of
          time
                    until the next adjustment of the interest rate.  As a
          result, the
                    principal volatility of ARM securities may be more
          comparable to
                    short- and intermediate-term securities than to longer
          term fixed
                    rate mortgage securities.  Prepayments, however, will
          increase
                    their principal volatility.  See also the discussion of
          Mortgage-
                    Backed Securities on page 9.  Several characteristics
          of ARMs may
                    make them more susceptible to prepayments than other
          Mortgage-
                    Backed Securities.  An adjustable rate mortgage has
          greater
                    incentives to refinance with a fixed rate mortgage
          during
                    favorable interest rate environments, in order to avoid
          interest
                    rate risk.  Also, homes financed with adjustable rate
          mortgages
                    may be sold more frequently because of the prevalence
          of first-
                    time home buyers in the adjustable rate mortgage
          market.  Also, 


















                    PAGE 23
                    delinquency and foreclosure rates are higher in this
          market since
                    many buyers use adjustable rate mortgages to purchase
          homes that
                    they could not otherwise finance on a fixed rate basis.













                    Significant increases in the index rates for the
          adjustable rate
                    mortgages may also result in increased delinquency and
          default
                    rates, which in turn, may affect prepayment rates on
          the ARMs.  

                         Other Mortgage Related Securities.  The Fund
          expects that
                    governmental, government-related or private entities
          may create
                    mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments
          in addition
                    to those described above.  The mortgages underlying
          these
                    securities may be alternative mortgage instruments,
          that is,
                    mortgage instruments whose principal or interest
          payments may
                    vary or whose terms to maturity may differ from
          customary long-
                    term fixed rate mortgages.  As new types of
          mortgage-related
                    securities are developed and offered to investors, the
          investment
                    manager will, consistent with the Fund's objective,
          policies and
                    quality standards, consider making investments in such
          new types
                    of securities.

                    All Funds (except GNMA, U.S. Treasury Money,
          Intermediate and
                    Long-Term Funds)

                                         Asset-Backed Securities

                         The credit quality of most asset-backed securities
          depends
                    primarily on the credit quality of the assets
          underlying such
                    securities, how well the entity issuing the security is
          insulated
                    from the credit risk of the originator or any other
          affiliated
                    entities and the amount and quality of any credit
          support
                    provided to the securities.  The rate of principal
          payment on
                    asset-backed securities generally depends on the rate
          of
                    principal payments received on the underlying assets
          which in
                    turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other












          factors. 
                    As a result, the yield on any asset-backed security is
          difficult
                    to predict with precision and actual yield to maturity
          may be
                    more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. 
          Asset-
                    backed securities may be classified as pass-through
          certificates
                    or collateralized obligations.

                         Pass-through certificates are asset-backed
          securities which
                    represent an undivided fractional ownership interest in
          an
                    underlying pool of assets.  Pass-through certificates
          usually
                    provide for payments of principal and interest received
          to be
                    passed through to their holders, usually after
          deduction for
                    certain costs and expenses incurred in administering
          the pool.  



















                    PAGE 24
                    Because pass-through certificates represent an
          ownership interest
                    in the underlying assets, the holders thereof bear
          directly the
                    risk of any defaults by the obligors on the underlying
          assets not
                    covered by any credit support.  See "Types of Credit
          Support".

                         Asset-backed securities issued in the form of debt
                    instruments, also known as collateralized or












          pay-through
                    obligations, are generally issued as the debt of a
          special
                    purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of
          owning such
                    assets and issuing such debt.  Such assets are most
          often trade,
                    credit card or automobile receivables.  The assets
                    collateralizing such asset-backed securities are
          pledged to a
                    trustee or custodian for the benefit of the holders
          thereof. 
                    Such issuers generally hold no assets other than those
          underlying
                    the asset-backed securities and any credit support
          provided.  As
                    a result, although payments on such asset-backed
          securities are
                    obligations of the issuers, in the event of defaults on
          the
                    underlying assets not covered by any credit support
          (see "Types
                    of Credit Support"), the issuing entities are unlikely
          to have
                    sufficient assets to satisfy their obligations on the
          related
                    asset-backed securities.  

                         Methods of Allocating Cash Flows.  While many
          asset-backed
                    securities are issued with only one class of security,
          many
                    asset-backed securities are issued in more than one
          class, each
                    with different payment terms.  Multiple class
          asset-backed
                    securities are issued for two main reasons.  First,
          multiple
                    classes may be used as a method of providing credit
          support. 
                    This is accomplished typically through creation of one
          or more
                    classes whose right to payments on the asset-backed
          security is
                    made subordinate to the right to such payments of the
          remaining
                    class or classes.  See "Types of Credit Support". 
          Second,
                    multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities
          with
                    payment terms, interest rates or other characteristics
          differing
                    both from those of each other and from those of the
          underlying












                    assets.  Examples include so-called "strips"
          (asset-backed
                    securities entitling the holder to disproportionate
          interests
                    with respect to the allocation of interest and
          principal of the
                    assets backing the security), and securities with class
          or
                    classes having characteristics which mimic the
          characteristics of
                    non-asset-backed securities, such as floating interest
          rates
                    (i.e., interest rates which adjust as a specified
          benchmark
                    changes) or scheduled amortization of principal.

                         Asset-backed securities in which the payment
          streams on the
                    underlying assets are allocated in a manner different
          than those 



















                    PAGE 25
                    described above may be issued in the future.  The Fund
          may invest
                    in such asset-backed securities if such investment is
          otherwise
                    consistent with its investment objectives and policies
          and with
                    the investment restrictions of the Fund.  

                         Types of Credit Support.  Asset-backed securities
          are often
                    backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations
          of a
                    number of different parties.  To lessen the effect of
          failures by












                    obligors on underlying assets to make payments, such
          securities
                    may contain elements of credit support.  Such credit
          support
                    falls into two classes:  liquidity protection and
          protection
                    against ultimate default by an obligor on the
          underlying assets. 
                    Liquidity protection refers to the provision of
          advances,
                    generally by the entity administering the pool of
          assets, to
                    ensure that scheduled payments on the underlying pool
          are made in
                    a timely fashion.  Protection against ultimate default
          ensures
                    ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a
          portion of the
                    assets in the pool.  Such protection may be provided
          through
                    guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit
          obtained from
                    third parties ("external credit enhancement"), through
          various
                    means of structuring the transaction ("internal credit
                    enhancement") or through a combination of such
          approaches. 
                    Examples of asset-backed securities with internal
          credit
                    enhancement include "senior-subordinated securities"
          (multiple
                    class asset-backed securities with certain classes
          subordinate to
                    other classes as to the payment of principal thereon,
          with the
                    result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne
          first by
                    the holders of the subordinated class) and asset-backed
                    securities that have "reserve funds" (where cash or
          investments,
                    sometimes funded from a portion of the initial payments
          on the
                    underlying assets, are held in reserve against future
          losses) or
                    that have been "over collateralized" (where the
          scheduled
                    payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying
          assets
                    substantially exceeds that required to make payment of
          the asset-
                    backed securities and pay any servicing or other fees). 
          The
                    degree of credit support provided on each issue is
          based












                    generally on historical information respecting the
          level of
                    credit risk associated with such payments.  Depending
          upon the
                    type of assets securitized, historical information on
          credit risk
                    and prepayment rates may be limited or even
          unavailable. 
                    Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated could
          adversely
                    affect the return on an investment in an asset-backed
          security.

                         Automobile Receivable Securities.  The Fund may
          invest in
                    Asset Backed Securities which are backed by receivables
          from
                    motor vehicle installment sales contracts or
          installment loans
                    secured by motor vehicles ("Automobile Receivable
          Securities").  


















                    PAGE 26
                    Since installment sales contracts for motor vehicles or
                    installment loans related thereto ("Automobile
          Contracts")
                    typically have shorter durations and lower incidences
          of
                    prepayment, Automobile Receivable Securities generally
          will
                    exhibit a shorter average life and are less susceptible
          to
                    prepayment risk.  

                         Most entities that issue Automobile Receivable
          Securities
                    create an enforceable interest in their respective












          Automobile
                    Contracts only by filing a financing statement and by
          having the
                    servicer of the Automobile Contracts, which is usually
          the
                    originator of the Automobile Contracts, take custody
          thereof.  In
                    such circumstances, if the servicer of the Automobile
          Contracts
                    were to sell the same Automobile Contracts to another
          party, in
                    violation of its obligation not to do so, there is a
          risk that
                    such party could acquire an interest in the Automobile
          Contracts
                    superior to that of the holders of Automobile
          Receivable
                    Securities.  Also although most Automobile Contracts
          grant a
                    security interest in the motor vehicle being financed,
          in most
                    states the security interest in a motor vehicle must be
          noted on
                    the certificate of title to create an enforceable
          security
                    interest against competing claims of other parties. 
          Due to the
                    large number of vehicles involved, however, the
          certificate of
                    title to each vehicle financed, pursuant to the
          Automobile
                    Contracts underlying the Automobile Receivable
          Security, usually
                    is not amended to reflect the assignment of the
          seller's security
                    interest for the benefit of the holders of the
          Automobile
                    Receivable Securities.  Therefore, there is the
          possibility that
                    recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some
          cases, be
                    available to support payments on the securities.  In
          addition,
                    various state and federal securities laws give the
          motor vehicle
                    owner the right to assert against the holder of the
          owner's
                    Automobile Contract certain defenses such owner would
          have
                    against the seller of the motor vehicle.  The assertion
          of such
                    defenses could reduce payments on the Automobile
          Receivable
                    Securities.












                         Credit Card Receivable Securities.  The Fund may
          invest in
                    Asset Backed Securities backed by receivables from
          revolving
                    credit card agreements ("Credit Card Receivable
          Securities"). 
                    Credit balances on revolving credit card agreements
          ("Accounts")
                    are generally paid down more rapidly than are
          Automobile
                    Contracts.  Most of the Credit Card Receivable
          Securities issued
                    publicly to date have been Pass-Through Certificates. 
          In order
                    to lengthen the maturity of Credit Card Receivable
          Securities,
                    most such securities provide for a fixed period during
          which only
                    interest payments on the underlying Accounts are passed
          through 


















                    PAGE 27
                    to the security holder and principal payments received
          on such
                    Accounts are used to fund the transfer to the pool of
          assets
                    supporting the related Credit Card Receivable
          Securities of
                    additional credit card charges made on an Account.  The
          initial
                    fixed period usually may be shortened upon the
          occurrence of
                    specified events which signal a potential deterioration
          in the
                    quality of the assets backing the security, such as the
                    imposition of a cap on interest rates.  The ability of
          the issuer












                    to extend the life of an issue of Credit Card
          Receivable
                    Securities thus depends upon the continued generation
          of
                    additional principal amounts in the underlying accounts
          during
                    the initial period and the non-occurrence of specified
          events. 
                    An acceleration in cardholders' payment rates or any
          other event
                    which shortens the period during which additional
          credit card
                    charges on an Account may be transferred to the pool of
          assets
                    supporting the related Credit Card Receivable Security
          could
                    shorten the weighted average life and yield of the
          Credit Card
                    Receivable Security.

                         Credit cardholders are entitled to the protection
          of a
                    number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many
          of which
                    give such holder the right to set off certain amounts
          against
                    balances owed on the credit card, thereby reducing
          amounts paid
                    on Accounts.  In addition, unlike most other Asset
          Backed
                    Securities, Accounts are unsecured obligations of the
          cardholder.

                         Other Assets.  Asset Backed Securities backed by
          assets
                    other than those described above, including, but not
          limited to,
                    small business loans and accounts receivable, equipment
          leases,
                    commercial real estate loans, boat loans and
          manufacturing
                    housing loans.  The Fund may invest in such securities
          in the
                    future if such investment is otherwise consistent with
          its
                    investment objective and policies.

                         There are, of course, other types of securities
          that are, or
                    may become available, which are similar to the
          foregoing and the
                    Fund reserves the right to invest in these securities.

                    High Yield Fund












                                 Collateralized Bond or Loan Obligations

                         CBOs are bonds collateralized by corporate bonds
          and CLOs
                    are bonds collateralized by bank loans.  CBOs and CLOs
          are
                    structured into tranches, and payments are allocated
          such that 




















                    PAGE 28
                    each tranche has a predictable cash flow stream and
          average life. 
                    CBOs are fairly recent entrants to the fixed income
          market.  Most
                    issues to date have been collateralized by  high yield
          bonds or
                    loans, with heavy credit enhancement.

                                   Loan Participations and Assignments

                         Loan participations and assignments (collectively
                    "participations") will typically be participating
          interests in
                    loans made by a syndicate of banks, represented by an
          agent bank
                    which has negotiated and structured the loan, to
          corporate
                    borrowers to finance internal growth, mergers,
          acquisitions,
                    stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other
          corporate
                    activities.  Such loans may also have been made to
          governmental
                    borrowers, especially governments of developing
          countries (LDC












                    debt).  LDC debt will involve the risk that the
          governmental
                    entity responsible for the repayment of the debt may be
          unable or
                    unwilling to do so when due.  The loans underlying such
                    participations may be secured or unsecured, and the
          Fund may
                    invest in loans collateralized by mortgages on real
          property or
                    which have no collateral.  The loan participations
          themselves may
                    extend for the entire term of the loan or may extend
          only for
                    short "strips" that correspond to a quarterly or
          monthly floating
                    rate interest period on the underlying loan.  Thus, a
          term or
                    revolving credit that extends for several years may be
          subdivided
                    into shorter periods.

                         The loan participations in which the Fund will
          invest will
                    also vary in legal structure.  Occasionally, lenders
          assign to
                    another institution both the lender's rights and
          obligations
                    under a credit agreement.  Since this type of
          assignment relieves
                    the original lender of its obligations, it is call a
          novation. 
                    More typically, a lender assigns only its right to
          receive
                    payments of principal and interest under a promissory
          note,
                    credit agreement or similar document.  A true
          assignment shifts
                    to the assignee the direct debtor-creditor relationship
          with the
                    underlying borrower.  Alternatively, a lender may
          assign only
                    part of its rights to receive payments pursuant to the
          underlying
                    instrument or loan agreement.  Such partial
          assignments, which
                    are more accurately characterized as "participating
          interests,"
                    do not shift the debtor-creditor relationship to the
          assignee,
                    who must rely on the original lending institution to
          collect sums
                    due and to otherwise enforce its rights against the
          agent bank
                    which administers the loan or against the underlying












          borrower.

                         Pursuant to an SEC no-action letter, and because
          the Fund is
                    allowed to purchase debt and debt securities, including
          debt 


















                    PAGE 29
                    securities at private placement, the Fund will treat
          loan
                    participations as securities and not subject to its
          fundamental
                    investment restriction prohibiting the Fund from making
          loans.

                         There may not be a recognizable, liquid public
          market for
                    loan participations.  To the extent this is the case,
          the Fund
                    would consider the loan participation as illiquid and
          subject to
                    the Fund's restriction on investing no more than 15% of
          its net
                    assets in illiquid securities.

                         Where required by applicable SEC positions, the
          Fund will
                    treat both the corporate borrower and the bank selling
          the
                    participation interest as an issuer for purposes of its
                    fundamental investment restriction on diversification.

                         Various service fees received by the Fund from
          loan
                    participations, may be treated as non-interest income
          depending
                    on the nature of the fee (commitment, takedown,












          commission,
                    service or loan origination).  To the extent the
          service fees are
                    not interest income, they will not qualify as income
          under
                    Section 851(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Thus the
          sum of
                    such fees plus any other non-qualifying income earned
          by the Fund
                    cannot exceed 10% of total income.

                                               Trade Claims

                         Trade claims are non-securitized rights of payment
          arising
                    from obligations other than borrowed funds.  Trade
          claims
                    typically arise when, in the ordinary course of
          business, vendors
                    and suppliers extend credit to a company by offering
          payment
                    terms.  Generally, when a company files for bankruptcy
          protection
                    payments on these trade claims cease and the claims are
          subject
                    to compromise along with the other debts of the
          company.  Trade
                    claims typically are bought and sold at a discount
          reflecting the
                    degree of uncertainty with respect to the timing and
          extent of
                    recovery.  In addition to the risks otherwise
          associated with
                    low-quality obligations, trade claims have other risks,
          including
                    the possibility that the amount of the claim may be
          disputed by
                    the obligor.

                         Over the last few years a market for the trade
          claims of
                    bankrupt companies has developed.  Many vendors are
          either
                    unwilling or lack the resources to hold their claim
          through the
                    extended bankruptcy process with an uncertain outcome
          and timing. 
                    Some vendors are also aggressive in establishing
          reserves against
                    these receivables, so that the sale of the claim at a
          discount
                    may not result in the recognition of a loss.





























                    PAGE 30

                         Trade claims can represent an attractive
          investment
                    opportunity because these claims typically are priced
          at a
                    discount to comparable public securities.  This
          discount is a
                    reflection of both a less liquid market, a smaller
          universe of
                    potential buyers and the risks peculiar to trade claim
          investing. 
                    It is not unusual for trade claims to be priced at a
          discount to
                    public securities that have an equal or lower priority
          claim.

                         As noted above, investing in trade claims does
          carry some
                    unique risks which include:

                         o  Establishing the Amount of the Claim. 
          Frequently, the
                            supplier's estimate of its receivable will
          differ from
                            the customer's estimate of its payable. 
          Resolution of
                            these differences can result in a reduction in
          the amount
                            of the claim.  This risk can be reduced by only
                            purchasing scheduled claims (claims already
          listed as
                            liabilities by the debtor) and seeking
          representations
                            from the seller.

                         o  Defenses to Claims.  The debtor has a variety
          of defenses
                            that can be asserted under the bankruptcy code












          against
                            any claim.  Trade claims are subject to these
          defenses,
                            the most common of which for trade claims
          relates to
                            preference payments.  (Preference payments are
          all
                            payments made by the debtor during the 90 days
          prior to
                            the filing.  These payments are presumed to
          have
                            benefited the receiving creditor at the expense
          of the
                            other creditors.  The receiving creditor may be
          required
                            to return the payment unless it can show the
          payments
                            were received in the ordinary course of
          business.)  While
                            none of these defenses can result in any
          additional
                            liability of the purchaser of the trade claim,
          they can
                            reduce or wipe out the entire purchased claim. 
          This risk
                            can be reduced by seeking representations and
                            indemnification from the seller.

                         o  Documentation/Indemnification.  Each trade
          claim
                            purchased requires documentation that must be
          negotiated
                            between the buyer and seller.  This
          documentation is
                            extremely important since it can protect the
          purchaser
                            from losses such as those described above. 
          Legal
                            expenses in negotiating a purchase agreement
          can be
                            fairly high.  Additionally, it is important to
          note that
                            the value of an indemnification depends on the
          sellers
                            credit.





























                    PAGE 31

                         o  Volatile Pricing Due to Illiquid Market.  There
          are only
                            a handful of brokers for trade claims and the
          quoted
                            price of these claims can be volatile. 
          Generally, it is
                            expected that Trade Claims would be considered
          illiquid
                            investments.

                         o  No Current Yield/Ultimate Recovery.  Trade
          claims are
                            almost never entitled to earn interest.  As a
          result, the
                            return on such an investment is very sensitive
          to the
                            length of the bankruptcy, which is uncertain. 
          Although
                            not unique to trade claims, it is worth noting
          that the
                            ultimate recovery on the claim is uncertain and
          there is
                            no way to calculate a conventional yield to
          maturity on
                            this investment.  Additionally, the exit for
          this
                            investment is a plan of reorganization which
          may include
                            the distribution of new securities.  These
          securities may
                            be as illiquid as the original trade claim
          investment.

                         o  Tax Issue.  Although the issue is not free from
          doubt, it
                            is likely that Trade Claims would be treated as
          non-
                            securities investments.  As a result, any gains
          would be
                            considered "non-qualifying" under the Internal
          Revenue
                            Code.  The Fund may have up to 10% of its gross
          income
                            (including capital gains) derived from












          non-qualifying
                            sources.

                    High Yield and Personal Strategy Funds

                                    Zero Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Bonds

                         A zero coupon security has no cash coupon
          payments. 
                    Instead, the issuer sells the security at a substantial
          discount
                    from its maturity value.  The interest received by the
          investor
                    from holding this security to maturity is the
          difference between
                    the maturity value and the purchase price.  The
          advantage to the
                    investor is that reinvestment risk of the income
          received during
                    the life of the bond is eliminated.  However,
          zero-coupon bonds
                    like other bonds retain interest rate and credit risk
          and usually
                    display more price volatility than those securities
          that pay a
                    cash coupon.

                         Pay-in-Kind (PIK) Instruments are securities that
          pay
                    interest in either cash or additional securities, at
          the issuer's
                    option, for a specified period.  PIK's, like zero
          coupon bonds,
                    are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing
          cash flow. 
                    PIK bonds can be either senior or subordinated debt and
          trade 





























                    PAGE 32
                    flat (i.e., without accrued interest).  The price of
          PIK bonds is
                    expected to reflect the market value of the underlying
          debt plus
                    an amount representing accrued interest since the last
          payment. 
                    PIK's are usually less volatile than zero coupon bonds,
          but more
                    volatile than cash pay securities.

                         For federal income tax purposes, these types of
          bonds will
                    require the recognition of gross income each year even
          though no
                    cash may be paid to the Fund until the maturity or call
          date of
                    the bond.  The Fund will nonetheless be required to
          distribute
                    substantially all of this gross income each year to
          comply with
                    the Internal Revenue Code, and such distributions could
          reduce
                    the amount of cash available for investment by the
          Fund.

                    High Yield, New Income, and Personal Strategy Funds

                                                 Warrants

                         The Fund may acquire warrants.  Warrants are pure
                    speculation in that they have no voting rights, pay no
          dividends
                    and have no rights with respect to the assets of the
          corporation
                    issuing them.  Warrants basically are options to
          purchase equity
                    securities at a specific price valid for a specific
          period of
                    time.  They do not represent ownership of the
          securities, but
                    only the right to buy them.  Warrants differ from call
          options in
                    that warrants are issued by the issuer of the security
          which may
                    be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options
          may be
                    written or issued by anyone.  The prices of warrants do
          not
                    necessarily move parallel to the prices of the
          underlying
                    securities.

                       High Yield, New Income, Personal Strategy,












          Short-Term Bond,
                    and Short-Term U.S. Government Funds    

                    Hybrid Instruments

                         Hybrid Instruments have been developed and combine
          the
                    elements of futures contracts or options with those of
          debt,
                    preferred equity or a depository instrument
          (hereinafter "Hybrid
                    Instruments").  Generally, a Hybrid Instrument will be
          a debt
                    security, preferred stock, depository share, trust
          certificate,
                    certificate of deposit or other evidence of
          indebtedness on which
                    a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the
          principal or
                    stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or
          retirement, is
                    determined by reference to prices, changes in prices,
          or
                    differences between prices, of securities, currencies,
                    intangibles, goods, articles or commodities
          (collectively 


















                    PAGE 33
                    "Underlying Assets") or by another objective index,
          economic
                    factor or other measure, such as interest rates,
          currency
                    exchange rates, commodity indices, and securities
          indices
                    (collectively "Benchmarks").  Thus, Hybrid Instruments
          may take a
                    variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt












          instruments
                    with interest or principal payments or redemption terms
                    determined by reference to the value of a currency or
          commodity
                    or securities index at a future point in time,
          preferred stock
                    with dividend rates determined by reference to the
          value of a
                    currency, or convertible securities with the conversion
          terms
                    related to a particular commodity.

                         Hybrid Instruments can be an efficient means of
          creating
                    exposure to a particular market, or segment of a
          market, with the
                    objective of enhancing total return.  For example, a
          Fund may
                    wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest
          rates in
                    several European countries, but avoid the transactions
          costs
                    associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign
          bond
                    positions.  One solution would be to purchase a U.S.
          dollar-
                    denominated Hybrid Instrument whose redemption price is
          linked to
                    the average three year interest rate in a designated
          group of
                    countries.  The redemption price formula would provide
          for
                    payoffs of greater than par if the average interest
          rate was
                    lower than a specified level, and payoffs of less than
          par if
                    rates were above the specified level.  Furthermore, the
          Fund
                    could limit the downside risk of the security by
          establishing a
                    minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at
          maturity
                    could not be below a predetermined minimum level if
          interest
                    rates were to rise significantly.  The purpose of this
                    arrangement, known as a structured security with an
          embedded put
                    option, would be to give the Fund the desired European
          bond
                    exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting
          downside market
                    risk, and lowering transactions costs.  Of course,
          there is no
                    guarantee that the strategy will be successful and the












          Fund could
                    lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move
          as
                    anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer
          of the
                    Hybrid.

                         The risks of investing in Hybrid Instruments
          reflect a
                    combination of the risks of investing in securities,
          options,
                    futures and currencies.  Thus, an investment in a
          Hybrid
                    Instrument may entail significant risks that are not
          associated
                    with a similar investment in a traditional debt
          instrument that
                    has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S.
          dollars or
                    bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating
          rate
                    determined by reference to a common, nationally
          published
                    Benchmark.  The risks of a particular Hybrid Instrument
          will, of 


















                    PAGE 34
                    course, depend upon the terms of the instrument, but
          may include,
                    without limitation, the possibility of significant
          changes in the
                    Benchmarks or the prices of Underlying Assets to which
          the
                    instrument is linked.  Such risks generally depend upon
          factors
                    which are unrelated to the operations or credit quality
          of the












                    issuer of the Hybrid Instrument and which may not be
          readily
                    foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and
          political events,
                    the supply and demand for the Underlying Assets and
          interest rate
                    movements.  In recent years, various Benchmarks and
          prices for
                    Underlying Assets have been highly volatile, and such
          volatility
                    may be expected in the future.  Reference is also made
          to the
                    discussion of futures, options, and forward contracts
          herein for
                    a discussion of the risks associated with such
          investments.

                         Hybrid Instruments are potentially more volatile
          and carry
                    greater market risks than traditional debt instruments.

                    Depending on the structure of the particular Hybrid
          Instrument,
                    changes in a Benchmark may be magnified by the terms of
          the
                    Hybrid Instrument and have an even more dramatic and
          substantial
                    effect upon the value of the Hybrid Instrument.  Also,
          the prices
                    of the Hybrid Instrument and the Benchmark or
          Underlying Asset
                    may not move in the same direction or at the same time.

                         Hybrid Instruments may bear interest or pay
          preferred
                    dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal)
          rates. 
                    Alternatively, Hybrid Instruments may bear interest at
          above
                    market rates but bear an increased risk of principal
          loss (or
                    gain).  The latter scenario may result if "leverage" is
          used to
                    structure the Hybrid Instrument.  Leverage risk occurs
          when the
                    Hybrid Instrument is structured so that a given change
          in a
                    Benchmark or Underlying Asset is multiplied to produce
          a greater
                    value change in the Hybrid Instrument, thereby
          magnifying the
                    risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.

                         Hybrid Instruments may also carry liquidity risk












          since the
                    instruments are often "customized" to meet the
          portfolio needs of
                    a particular investor, and therefore, the number of
          investors
                    that are willing and able to buy such instruments in
          the
                    secondary market may be smaller than that for more
          traditional
                    debt securities.  In addition, because the purchase and
          sale of
                    Hybrid Instruments could take place in an
          over-the-counter market
                    without the guarantee of a central clearing
          organization or in a
                    transaction between the Fund and the issuer of the
          Hybrid
                    Instrument, the creditworthiness of the counter party
          or issuer
                    of the Hybrid Instrument would be an additional risk
          factor which
                    the Fund would have to consider and monitor.  Hybrid
          Instruments
                    also may not be subject to regulation of the
          Commodities Futures 


















                    PAGE 35
                    Trading Commission ("CFTC"), which generally regulates
          the
                    trading of commodity futures by U.S. persons, the SEC,
          which
                    regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to
          U.S.
                    persons, or any other governmental regulatory
          authority.

                         The various risks discussed above, particularly












          the market
                    risk of such instruments, may in turn cause significant
                    fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund. 
          Accordingly,
                    the Fund will limit its investments in Hybrid
          Instruments to 10%
                    of net assets.  However, because of their volatility,
          it is
                    possible that the Fund's investment in Hybrid
          Instruments will
                    account for more than 10% of the Fund's return
          (positive or
                    negative).

                    All Funds

                         When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitment
          Contracts

                         The Fund may purchase securities on a
          "when-issued" or
                    delayed delivery basis ("When-Issueds") and may
          purchase
                    securities on a forward commitment basis ("Forwards"). 
          Any or
                    all of the Fund's investments in debt securities may be
          in the
                    form of When-Issueds and Forwards.  The price of such
          securities,
                    which may be expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the
          time the
                    commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and
          payment take
                    place at a later date.  Normally, the settlement date
          occurs
                    within 90 days of the purchase for When-Issueds, but
          may be
                    substantially longer for Forwards.  During the period
          between
                    purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund
          to the
                    issuer and no interest accrues to the Fund.  The
          purchase of
                    these securities will result in a loss if their value
          declines
                    prior to the settlement date.  This could occur, for
          example, if
                    interest rates increase prior to settlement.  The
          longer the
                    period between purchase and settlement, the greater the
          risks
                    are.  At the time the Fund makes the commitment to
          purchase these
                    securities, it will record the transaction and reflect












          the value
                    of the security in determining its net asset value. 
          The Fund
                    will cover these securities by maintaining cash and/or
          liquid,
                    high-grade debt securities with its custodian bank
          equal in value
                    to commitments for them during the time between the
          purchase and
                    the settlement.  Therefore, the longer this period, the
          longer
                    the period during which alternative investment options
          are not
                    available to the Fund (to the extent of the securities
          used for
                    cover).  Such securities either will mature or, if
          necessary, be
                    sold on or before the settlement date.




















                    PAGE 36
                         To the extent the Fund remains fully or almost
          fully
                    invested (in securities with a remaining maturity of
          more than
                    one year) at the same time it purchases these
          securities, there
                    will be greater fluctuations in the Fund's net asset
          value than
                    if the Fund did not purchase them.

                                  Additional Adjustable Rate Securities

                         Certain securities may be issued with adjustable
          interest
                    rates that are reset periodically by pre-determined












          formulas or
                    indexes in order to minimize movements in the principal
          value of
                    the investment.  Such securities may have long-term
          maturities,
                    but may be treated as a short-term investment under
          certain
                    conditions.  Generally, as interest rates decrease or
          increase,
                    the potential for capital appreciation or depreciation
          on these
                    securities is less than for fixed-rate obligations. 
          These
                    securities may take the following forms:

                         Variable Rate Securities.  Variable rate
          instruments are
                    those whose terms provide for the adjustment of their
          interest
                    rates on set dates and which, upon such adjustment, can
                    reasonably be expected to have a market value that
          approximates
                    its par value.  A variable rate instrument, the
          principal amount
                    of which is scheduled to be paid in 397 days or less,
          is deemed
                    to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until
          the next
                    readjustment of the interest rate.  A variable rate
          instrument
                    which is subject to a demand feature entitles the
          purchaser to
                    receive the principal amount of the underlying security
          or
                    securities, either (i) upon notice of no more than 30
          days or
                    (ii) at specified intervals not exceeding 397 days and
          upon no
                    more than 30 days' notice, is deemed to have a maturity
          equal to
                    the longer of the period remaining until the next
          readjustment of
                    the interest rate or the period remaining until the
          principal
                    amount can be recovered through demand.

                         Floating Rate Securities.  Floating rate
          instruments are
                    those whose terms provide for the adjustment of their
          interest
                    rates whenever a specified interest rate changes and
          which, at
                    any time, can reasonably be expected to have a market
          value that












                    approximates its par value.  The maturity of a floating
          rate
                    instrument is deemed to be the period remaining until
          the date
                    (noted on the face of the instrument) on which the
          principal
                    amount must be paid, or in the case of an instrument
          called for
                    redemption, the date on which the redemption payment
          must be
                    made.  Floating rate instruments with demand features
          are deemed
                    to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until
          the
                    principal amount can be recovered through demand.


















                    PAGE 37

                         Put Option Bonds.  Long-term obligations with
          maturities
                    longer than one year may provide purchasers an optional
          or
                    mandatory tender of the security at par value at
          predetermined
                    intervals, often ranging from one month to several
          years (e.g., a
                    30-year bond with a five-year tender period).  These
          instruments
                    are deemed to have a maturity equal to the period
          remaining to
                    the put date.

                       High Yield, New Income, Personal Strategy, Prime
          Reserve, and
                    Short-Term Bond, and Short-Term U.S. Government
          Funds    













                                    Illiquid or Restricted Securities

                         Restricted securities may be sold only in
          privately
                    negotiated transactions or in a public offering with
          respect to
                    which a registration statement is in effect under the
          Securities
                    Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act").  Where registration is
          required,
                    the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the
          registration
                    expenses and a considerable period may elapse between
          the time of
                    the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be
          permitted to
                    sell a security under an effective registration
          statement.  If,
                    during such a period, adverse market conditions were to
          develop,
                    the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than
          prevailed when
                    it decided to sell.  Restricted securities will be
          priced at fair
                    value as determined in accordance with procedures
          prescribed by
                    the Fund's Board of Directors/Trustees.  If through the
                    appreciation of illiquid securities or the depreciation
          of liquid
                    securities, the Fund should be in a position where more
          than 15%
                    (10% for Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds)
          of the
                    value of its net assets is invested in illiquid assets,
          including
                    restricted securities, the Fund will take appropriate
          steps to
                    protect liquidity.

                         Notwithstanding the above, the Fund may purchase
          securities
                    which, while privately placed, are eligible for
          purchase and sale
                    under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.  This rule permits
          certain
                    qualified institutional buyers, such as the Fund, to
          trade in
                    privately placed securities even though such securities
          are not
                    registered under the 1933 Act.  T. Rowe Price under the
                    supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors/Trustees,
          will
                    consider whether securities purchased under Rule 144A
          are












                    illiquid and thus subject to the Fund's restriction of
          investing
                    no more than 15% (10% for Prime Reserve and U.S.
          Treasury Money
                    Funds) of its net assets in illiquid securities.  A
          determination
                    of whether a Rule 144A security is liquid or not is a
          question of
                    fact.  In making this determination, T. Rowe Price will
          consider 


















                    PAGE 38
                    the trading markets for the specific security taking
          into account
                    the unregistered nature of a Rule 144A security.  In
          addition, T.
                    Rowe Price could consider the (1) frequency of trades
          and quotes,
                    (2) number of dealers and potential purchases, (3)
          dealer
                    undertakings to make a market, and (4) the nature of
          the security
                    and of marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to
          dispose of
                    the security, the method of soliciting offers and the
          mechanics
                    of transfer).  The liquidity of Rule 144A securities
          would be
                    monitored, and if as a result of changed conditions it
          is
                    determined that a Rule 144A security is no longer
          liquid, the
                    Fund's holdings of illiquid securities would be
          reviewed to
                    determine what, if any, steps are required to assure
          that the
                    Fund does not invest more than 15% (10% for Prime












          Reserve and
                    U.S. Treasury Money Funds) of its net assets in
          illiquid
                    securities.  Investing in Rule 144A securities could
          have the
                    effect of increasing the amount of the Fund's assets
          invested in
                    illiquid securities if qualified institutional buyers
          are
                    unwilling to purchase such securities.

                    New Income and Short-Term Bond Funds

                                          Industry Concentration

                         When the market for corporate debt securities is
          dominated
                    by issues in the gas utility, gas transmission utility,
          electric
                    utility, telephone utility, or petroleum industry, the
          Fund will
                    as a matter of fundamental policy concentrate more than
          25%, but
                    not more than 50%, of its assets, in any one such
          industry, if
                    the Fund has cash for such investment (i.e., will not
          sell
                    portfolio securities to raise cash) and, if in T. Rowe
          Price's
                    judgment, the return available and the marketability,
          quality,
                    and availability of the debt securities of such
          industry
                    justifies such concentration in light of the Fund's
          investment
                    objective.  Domination would exist with respect to any
          one such
                    industry, when, in the preceding  30-day period, more
          than 25% of
                    all new-issue corporate debt offerings (within the four
          highest
                    grades of Moody's or S&P and with maturities of 10
          years or less)
                    of $25,000,000 or more consisted of issues in such
          industry. 
                    Although the Fund will normally purchase corporate debt
                    securities in the secondary market as opposed to new
          offerings,
                    T. Rowe Price believes that the new issue-based
          dominance
                    standard, as defined above, is appropriate because it
          is easily
                    determined and represents an accurate correlation to
          the












                    secondary market.  Investors should understand that
          concentration
                    in any industry may result in increased risk. 
          Investments in any
                    of these industries may be affected by environmental
          conditions,
                    energy conservation programs, fuel shortages,
          difficulty in 


















                    PAGE 39
                    obtaining adequate return on capital in financing
          operations and
                    large construction programs, and the ability of the
          capital
                    markets to absorb debt issues.  In addition, it is
          possible that
                    the public service commissions which have jurisdiction
          over these
                    industries may not grant future increases in rates
          sufficient to
                    offset increases in operating expenses.  These
          industries also
                    face numerous legislative and regulatory uncertainties
          at both
                    federal and state government levels.  Management
          believes that
                    any risk to the Fund which might result from
          concentration in any
                    industry will be minimized by the Fund's practice of
          diversifying
                    its investments in other respects.  The Fund's policy
          with
                    respect to industry concentration is a fundamental
          policy.  (For
                    investment restriction on industry concentration, see
          Investment
                    Restriction (3) on page 45.)













                                      PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                                     Lending of Portfolio Securities

                         Securities loans are made to broker-dealers or
          institutional
                    investors or other persons, pursuant to agreements
          requiring that
                    the loans be continuously secured by collateral at
          least equal at
                    all times to the value of the securities lent marked to
          market on
                    a daily basis.  The collateral received will consist of
          cash,
                    U.S. government securities, letters of credit or such
          other
                    collateral as may be permitted under its investment
          program. 
                    While the securities are being lent, the Fund will
          continue to
                    receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends
          paid by the
                    issuer on the securities, as well as interest on the
          investment
                    of the collateral or a fee from the borrower.  The Fund
          has a
                    right to call each loan and obtain the securities on
          five
                    business days' notice or, in connection with securities
          trading
                    on foreign markets, within such longer period of time
          which
                    coincides with the normal settlement period for
          purchases and
                    sales of such securities in such foreign markets.  The
          Fund will
                    not have the right to vote securities while they are
          being lent,
                    but it will call a loan in anticipation of any
          important vote. 
                    The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with
          other
                    extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay
          in
                    receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of
          the
                    securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral
          should
                    the borrower fail financially.  Loans will only be made
          to firms
                    deemed by T. Rowe Price to be of good standing and will
          not be
                    made unless, in the judgment of T. Rowe Price, the












          consideration
                    to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.



















                    PAGE 40
                    Other Lending/Borrowing

                         Subject to approval by the Securities and Exchange
                    Commission and certain state regulatory agencies, the
          Fund may
                    make loans to, or borrow funds from, other mutual funds
          sponsored
                    or advised by T. Rowe Price or Rowe Price-Fleming
          International,
                    Inc. (collectively, "Price Funds").  The Fund has no
          current
                    intention of engaging in these practices at this time.

                                          Repurchase Agreements

                         The Fund may enter into a repurchase agreement
          through which
                    an investor (such as the Fund) purchases a security
          (known as the
                    "underlying security") from a well-established
          securities dealer
                    or a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve
          System.  Any
                    such dealer or bank will be on T. Rowe Price's approved
          list. At
                    that time, the bank or securities dealer agrees to
          repurchase the
                    underlying security at the same price, plus specified
          interest. 
                    Repurchase agreements are generally for a short period
          of time,
                    often less than a week.  Repurchase agreements which do












          not
                    provide for payment within seven days will be treated
          as illiquid
                    securities.  The Fund will only enter into repurchase
          agreements
                    where (i) (A) Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds--the
                    underlying securities are either U.S. government
          securities or
                    securities that, at the time the repurchase agreement
          is entered
                    into, are rated in the highest rating category by the
          requisite
                    number of NRSROs (as required by Rule 2a-7 under the
          1940 Act)
                    and otherwise are of the type (excluding maturity
          limitations)
                    which the Fund's investment guidelines would allow it
          to purchase
                    directly, (B) GNMA, High Yield, New Income, Personal
          Strategy,
                    Short-Term Bond, Short-Term U.S. Government, and U.S.
          Treasury
                    Intermediate and Long-Term Funds--the underlying
          securities are
                    of the type (excluding maturity limitations) which the
          Fund's
                    investment guidelines would allow it to purchase
          directly, (ii)
                    the market value of the underlying security, including
          interest
                    accrued, will be at all times equal to or exceed the
          value of the
                    repurchase agreement, and (iii) payment for the
          underlying
                    security is made only upon physical delivery or
          evidence of book-
                    entry transfer to the account of the custodian or a
          bank acting
                    as agent.  In the event of a bankruptcy or other
          default of a
                    seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could
          experience both
                    delays in liquidating the underlying security and
          losses,
                    including: (a) possible decline in the value of the
          underlying
                    security during the period while the Fund seeks to
          enforce its
                    rights thereto; (b) possible subnormal levels of income
          and lack
                    of access to income during this period; and (c)
          expenses of
                    enforcing its rights.





























                    PAGE 41

                                      Reverse Repurchase Agreements

                         Although the Fund has no current intention, in the
                    foreseeable future, of engaging in reverse repurchase
          agreements,
                    the Fund reserves the right to do so.  Reverse
          repurchase
                    agreements are ordinary repurchase agreements in which
          a Fund is
                    the seller of, rather than the investor in, securities,
          and
                    agrees to repurchase them at an agreed upon time and
          price.  Use
                    of a reverse repurchase agreement may be preferable to
          a regular
                    sale and later repurchase of the securities because it
          avoids
                    certain market risks and transaction costs.  A reverse
          repurchase
                    agreement may be viewed as a type of borrowing by the
          Fund,
                    subject to Investment Restriction (1).  (See
          "Investment
                    Restrictions," page 45.)

                    High Yield Fund

                                               Short Sales

                         The Fund may make short sales for hedging purposes
          to
                    protect the Fund against companies whose credit is
          deteriorating. 
                    Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a
          security













                    it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the
          market value
                    of that security.  The Fund's short sales would be
          limited to
                    situations where the Fund owns a debt security of a
          company and
                    would sell short the common or preferred stock or
          another debt
                    security at a different level of the capital structure
          of the
                    same company.  No securities will be sold short if,
          after the
                    effect is given to any such short sale, the total
          market value of
                    all securities sold short would exceed 2% of the value
          of the
                    Fund's net assets.

                         To complete a short sale transaction, the Fund
          must borrow
                    the security to make delivery to the buyer.  The Fund
          then is
                    obligated to replace the security borrowed by
          purchasing it at
                    the market price at the time of replacement.  The price
          at such
                    time may be more or less than the price at which the
          security was
                    sold by the Fund.  Until the security is replaced, the
          Fund is
                    required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any
          dividends or
                    interest which accrue during the period of the loan. 
          To borrow
                    the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a
          premium,
                    which would increase the cost of the security sold. 
          The proceeds
                    of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to
          the extent
                    necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short
          position
                    is closed out.






























                    PAGE 42
                         Until the Fund replaces a borrowed security in
          connection
                    with a short sale, the Fund will: (a) maintain daily a
          segregated
                    account, containing cash or U.S. government securities,
          at such a
                    level that (i) the amount deposited in the account plus
          the
                    amount deposited with the broker as collateral will
          equal the
                    current value of the security sold short and (ii) the
          amount
                    deposited in the segregated account plus the amount
          deposited
                    with the broker as collateral will not be less than the
          market
                    value of the security at the time its was sold short;
          or (b)
                    otherwise cover its short position.

                         The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the
          short sale if
                    the price of the security sold short increases between
          the date
                    of the short sale and the date on which the Fund
          replaces the
                    borrowed security.  The Fund will realize a gain if the
          security
                    sold short declines in price between those dates.  This
          result is
                    the opposite of what one would expect from a cash
          purchase of a
                    long position in a security.  The amount of any gain
          will be
                    decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the
          amount of
                    any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be
          required to
                    pay in connection with a short sale.  Any gain or loss
          on the
                    security sold short would be separate from a gain or
          loss on the
                    Fund security being hedged by the short sale.

                    All Funds (except Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds)












                                                 Options

                                       Writing Covered Call Options

                         The Fund may write (sell) American or European
          style
                    "covered" call options and purchase options to close
          out options
                    previously written by a Fund.  In writing covered call
          options,
                    the Fund expects to generate additional premium income
          which
                    should serve to enhance the Fund's total return and
          reduce the
                    effect of any price decline of the security or currency
          involved
                    in the option.  Covered call options will generally be
          written on
                    securities or currencies which, in T. Rowe Price's
          opinion, are
                    not expected to have any major price increases or moves
          in the
                    near future but which, over the long term, are deemed
          to be
                    attractive investments for the Fund.

                         A call option gives the holder (buyer) the "right
          to
                    purchase" a security or currency at a specified price
          (the
                    exercise price) at expiration of the option (European
          style) or
                    at any time until a certain date (the expiration date)
          (American 



















                    PAGE 43












                    style).  So long as the obligation of the writer of a
          call option
                    continues, he may be assigned an exercise notice by the
          broker-
                    dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring him
          to
                    deliver the underlying security or currency against
          payment of
                    the exercise price.  This obligation terminates upon
          the
                    expiration of the call option, or such earlier time at
          which the
                    writer effects a closing purchase transaction by
          repurchasing an
                    option identical to that previously sold.  To secure
          his
                    obligation to deliver the underlying security or
          currency in the
                    case of a call option, a writer is required to deposit
          in escrow
                    the underlying security or currency or other assets in
          accordance
                    with the rules of a clearing corporation.

                         The Fund will write only covered call options. 
          This means
                    that the Fund will own the security or currency subject
          to the
                    option or an option to purchase the same underlying
          security or
                    currency, having an exercise price equal to or less
          than the
                    exercise price of the "covered" option, or will
          establish and
                    maintain with its custodian for the term of the option,
          an
                    account consisting of cash, U.S. government securities
          or other
                    liquid high-grade debt obligations having a value equal
          to the
                    fluctuating market value of the optioned securities or
                    currencies.

                         Portfolio securities or currencies on which call
          options may
                    be written will be purchased solely on the basis of
          investment
                    considerations consistent with the Fund's investment
          objective. 
                    The writing of covered call options is a conservative
          investment
                    technique believed to involve relatively little risk
          (in contrast
                    to the writing of naked or uncovered options, which the












          Fund will
                    not do), but capable of enhancing the Fund's total
          return.  When
                    writing a covered call option, a Fund, in return for
          the premium,
                    gives up the opportunity for profit from a price
          increase in the
                    underlying security or currency above the exercise
          price, but
                    conversely retains the risk of loss should the price of
          the
                    security or currency decline.  Unlike one who owns
          securities or
                    currencies not subject to an option, the Fund has no
          control over
                    when it may be required to sell the underlying
          securities or
                    currencies, since it may be assigned an exercise notice
          at any
                    time prior to the expiration of its obligation as a
          writer.  If a
                    call option which the Fund has written expires, the
          Fund will
                    realize a gain in the amount of the premium; however,
          such gain
                    may be offset by a decline in the market value of the
          underlying
                    security or currency during the option period.  If the
          call
                    option is exercised, the Fund will realize a gain or
          loss from
                    the sale of the underlying security or currency.  The
          Fund does
                    not consider a security or currency covered by a call
          to be 


















                    PAGE 44












                    "pledged" as that term is used in the Fund's policy
          which limits
                    the pledging or mortgaging of its assets.

                         The premium received is the market value of an
          option.  The
                    premium the Fund will receive from writing a call
          option will
                    reflect, among other things, the current market price
          of the
                    underlying security or currency, the relationship of
          the exercise
                    price to such market price, the historical price
          volatility of
                    the underlying security or currency, and the length of
          the option
                    period.  Once the decision to write a call option has
          been made,
                    T. Rowe Price, in determining whether a particular call
          option
                    should be written on a particular security or currency,
          will
                    consider the reasonableness of the anticipated premium
          and the
                    likelihood that a liquid secondary market will exist
          for those
                    options.  The premium received by the Fund for writing
          covered
                    call options will be recorded as a liability of the
          Fund.  This
                    liability will be adjusted daily to the option's
          current market
                    value, which will be the latest sale price at the time
          at which
                    the net asset value per share of the Fund is computed
          (close of
                    the New York Stock Exchange), or, in the absence of
          such sale,
                    the latest asked price.  The option will be terminated
          upon
                    expiration of the option, the purchase of an identical
          option in
                    a closing transaction, or delivery of the underlying
          security or
                    currency upon the exercise of the option.

                         Closing transactions will be effected in order to
          realize a
                    profit on an outstanding call option, to prevent an
          underlying
                    security or currency from being called, or, to permit
          the sale of
                    the underlying security or currency.  Furthermore,
          effecting a












                    closing transaction will permit the Fund to write
          another call
                    option on the underlying security or currency with
          either a
                    different exercise price or expiration date or both. 
          If the Fund
                    desires to sell a particular security or currency from
          its
                    portfolio on which it has written a call option, or
          purchased a
                    put option, it will seek to effect a closing
          transaction prior
                    to, or concurrently with, the sale of the security or
          currency. 
                    There is, of course, no assurance that the Fund will be
          able to
                    effect such closing transactions at favorable prices. 
          If the
                    Fund cannot enter into such a transaction, it may be
          required to
                    hold a security or currency that it might otherwise
          have sold. 
                    When the Fund writes a covered call option, it runs the
          risk of
                    not being able to participate in the appreciation of
          the
                    underlying securities or currencies above the exercise
          price, as
                    well as the risk of being required to hold on to
          securities or
                    currencies that are depreciating in value. This could
          result in
                    higher transaction costs.  The Fund will pay
          transaction costs in
                    connection with the writing of options to close out
          previously 






























                    PAGE 45
                    written options.  Such transaction costs are normally
          higher than
                    those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio
          securities.

                         Call options written by the Fund will normally
          have
                    expiration dates of less than nine months from the date
          written. 
                    The exercise price of the options may be below, equal
          to, or
                    above the current market values of the underlying
          securities or
                    currencies at the time the options are written.  From
          time to
                    time, the Fund may purchase an underlying security or
          currency
                    for delivery in accordance with an exercise notice of a
          call
                    option assigned to it, rather than delivering such
          security or
                    currency from its portfolio.  In such cases, additional
          costs may
                    be incurred.

                         The Fund will realize a profit or loss from a
          closing
                    purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction is
          less or
                    more than the premium received from the writing of the
          option. 
                    Because increases in the market price of a call option
          will
                    generally reflect increases in the market price of the
          underlying
                    security or currency, any loss resulting from the
          repurchase of a
                    call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part
          by
                    appreciation of the underlying security or currency
          owned by the
                    Fund.

                         In order to comply with the requirements of
          several states,
                    the Fund will not write a covered call option if, as a
          result,
                    the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities
          or
                    currencies covering call or put options exceeds 25% of
          the market
                    value of the Fund's net assets.  Should these state
          laws change












                    or should the Fund obtain a waiver of its application,
          the Fund
                    reserves the right to increase this percentage.  In
          calculating
                    the 25% limit, the Fund will offset, against the value
          of assets
                    covering written calls and puts, the value of purchased
          calls and
                    puts on identical securities or currencies with
          identical
                    maturity dates.

                                       Writing Covered Put Options

                         The Fund may write American or European style
          covered put
                    options and purchase options to close out options
          previously
                    written by the Fund.  A put option gives the purchaser
          of the
                    option the right to sell, and the writer (seller) has
          the
                    obligation to buy, the underlying security or currency
          at the
                    exercise price during the option period (American
          style) or at
                    the expiration of the option (European style).  So long
          as the
                    obligation of the writer continues, he may be assigned
          an 



















                    PAGE 46
                    exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such
          option was
                    sold, requiring him to make payment of the exercise
          price against












                    delivery of the underlying security or currency.  The
          operation
                    of put options in other respects, including their
          related risks
                    and rewards, is substantially identical to that of call
          options.

                         The Fund would write put options only on a covered
          basis,
                    which means that the Fund would maintain in a
          segregated account
                    cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid
          high-grade debt
                    obligations in an amount not less than the exercise
          price or the
                    Fund will own an option to sell the underlying security
          or
                    currency subject to the option having an exercise price
          equal to
                    or greater than the exercise price of the "covered"
          option at all
                    times while the put option is outstanding.  (The rules
          of a
                    clearing corporation currently require that such assets
          be
                    deposited in escrow to secure payment of the exercise
          price.)  

                         The Fund would generally write covered put options
          in
                    circumstances where T. Rowe Price wishes to purchase
          the
                    underlying security or currency for the Fund's
          portfolio at a
                    price lower than the current market price of the
          security or
                    currency.  In such event the Fund would write a put
          option at an
                    exercise price which, reduced by the premium received
          on the
                    option, reflects the lower price it is willing to pay. 
          Since the
                    Fund would also receive interest on debt securities or
          currencies
                    maintained to cover the exercise price of the option,
          this
                    technique could be used to enhance current return
          during periods
                    of market uncertainty.  The risk in such a transaction
          would be
                    that the market price of the underlying security or
          currency
                    would decline below the exercise price less the
          premiums












                    received.  Such a decline could be substantial and
          result in a
                    significant loss to the Fund.  In addition, the Fund,
          because it
                    does not own the specific securities or currencies
          which it may
                    be required to purchase in exercise of the put, cannot
          benefit
                    from appreciation, if any, with respect to such
          specific
                    securities or currencies.

                         In order to comply with the requirements of
          several states,
                    the Fund will not write a covered put option if, as a
          result, the
                    aggregate market value of all portfolio securities or
          currencies
                    covering put or call options exceeds 25% of the market
          value of
                    the Fund's net assets.  Should these state laws change
          or should
                    the Fund obtain a waiver of its application, the Fund
          reserves
                    the right to increase this percentage.  In calculating
          the 25%
                    limit, the Fund will offset, against the value of
          assets covering
                    written puts and calls, the value of purchased puts and
          calls on
                    identical securities or currencies with identical
          maturity dates.


















                    PAGE 47

                                          Purchasing Put Options













                           The Fund may purchase American or European style
          put
                    options.  As the holder of a put option, the Fund has
          the right
                    to sell the underlying security or currency at the
          exercise price
                    at any time during the option period (American style)
          or at the
                    expiration of the option (European style).  The Fund
          may enter
                    into closing sale transactions with respect to such
          options,
                    exercise them or permit them to expire.  The Fund may
          purchase
                    put options for defensive purposes in order to protect
          against an
                    anticipated decline in the value of its securities or
          currencies. 
                    An example of such use of put options is provided
          below.  

                         The Fund may purchase a put option on an
          underlying security
                    or currency (a "protective put") owned by the Fund as a
          defensive
                    technique in order to protect against an anticipated
          decline in
                    the value of the security or currency.  Such hedge
          protection is
                    provided only during the life of the put option when
          the Fund, as
                    the holder of the put option, is able to sell the
          underlying
                    security or currency at the put exercise price
          regardless of any
                    decline in the underlying security's market price or
          currency's
                    exchange value.  For example, a put option may be
          purchased in
                    order to protect unrealized appreciation of a security
          or
                    currency where T. Rowe Price deems it desirable to
          continue to
                    hold the security or currency because of tax
          considerations.  The
                    premium paid for the put option and any transaction
          costs would
                    reduce any capital gain otherwise available for
          distribution when
                    the security or currency is eventually sold.

                         The Fund may also purchase put options at a time
          when the
                    Fund does not own the underlying security or currency. 












          By
                    purchasing put options on a security or currency it
          does not own,
                    the Fund seeks to benefit from a decline in the market
          price of
                    the underlying security or currency.  If the put option
          is not
                    sold when it has remaining value, and if the market
          price of the
                    underlying security or currency remains equal to or
          greater than
                    the exercise price during the life of the put option,
          the Fund
                    will lose its entire investment in the put option.  In
          order for
                    the purchase of a put option to be profitable, the
          market price
                    of the underlying security or currency must decline
          sufficiently
                    below the exercise price to cover the premium and
          transaction
                    costs, unless the put option is sold in a closing sale
                    transaction.





















                    PAGE 48
                         To the extent required by the laws of certain
          states, the
                    Fund may not be permitted to commit more than 5% of its
          assets to
                    premiums when purchasing put and call options.  Should
          these
                    state laws change or should the Fund obtain a waiver of
          its
                    application, the Fund may commit more than 5% of its












          assets to
                    premiums when purchasing call and put options.  The
          premium paid
                    by the Fund when purchasing a put option will be
          recorded as an
                    asset of the Fund.  This asset will be adjusted daily
          to the
                    option's current market value, which will be the latest
          sale
                    price at the time at which the net asset value per
          share of the
                    Fund is computed (close of New York Stock Exchange),
          or, in the
                    absence of such sale, the latest bid price.  This asset
          will be
                    terminated upon expiration of the option, the selling
          (writing)
                    of an identical option in a closing transaction, or the
          delivery
                    of the underlying security or currency upon the
          exercise of the
                    option.

                                         Purchasing Call Options

                           The Fund may purchase American or European style
          call
                    options.  As the holder of a call option, the Fund has
          the right
                    to purchase the underlying security or currency at the
          exercise
                    price at any time during the option period (American
          style) or at
                    the expiration of the option (European style).  The
          Fund may
                    enter into closing sale transactions with respect to
          such
                    options, exercise them or permit them to expire.  The
          Fund may
                    purchase call options for the purpose of increasing its
          current
                    return or avoiding tax consequences which could reduce
          its
                    current return.  The Fund may also purchase call
          options in order
                    to acquire the underlying securities or currencies. 
          Examples of
                    such uses of call options are provided below.  

                         Call options may be purchased by the Fund for the
          purpose of
                    acquiring the underlying securities or currencies for
          its
                    portfolio.  Utilized in this fashion, the purchase of












          call
                    options enables the Fund to acquire the securities or
          currencies
                    at the exercise price of the call option plus the
          premium paid. 
                    At times the net cost of acquiring securities or
          currencies in
                    this manner may be less than the cost of acquiring the
          securities
                    or currencies directly.  This technique may also be
          useful to the
                    Fund in purchasing a large block of securities or
          currencies that
                    would be more difficult to acquire by direct market
          purchases. 
                    So long as it holds such a call option rather than the
          underlying
                    security or currency itself, the Fund is partially
          protected from
                    any unexpected decline in the market price of the
          underlying
                    security or currency and in such event could allow the
          call 



















                    PAGE 49
                    option to expire, incurring a loss only to the extent
          of the
                    premium paid for the option.

                         To the extent required by the laws of certain
          states, the
                    Fund may not be permitted to commit more than 5% of its
          assets to
                    premiums when purchasing call and put options.  Should
          these
                    state laws change or should the Fund obtain a waiver of












          its
                    application, the Fund may commit more than 5% of its
          assets to
                    premiums when purchasing call and put options.  The
          Fund may also
                    purchase call options on underlying securities or
          currencies it
                    owns in order to protect unrealized gains on call
          options
                    previously written by it.  A call option would be
          purchased for
                    this purpose where tax considerations make it
          inadvisable to
                    realize such gains through a closing purchase
          transaction.  Call
                    options may also be purchased at times to avoid
          realizing losses.

                                    Dealer (Over-the-Counter) Options

                         The Fund may engage in transactions involving
          dealer
                    options.  Certain risks are specific to dealer options. 
          While
                    the Fund would look to a clearing corporation to
          exercise
                    exchange-traded options, if the Fund were to purchase a
          dealer
                    option, it would rely on the dealer from whom it
          purchased the
                    option to perform if the option were exercised. 
          Failure by the
                    dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium
          paid by
                    the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the
                    transaction.

                         Exchange-traded options generally have a
          continuous liquid
                    market while dealer options have none.  Consequently,
          the Fund
                    will generally be able to realize the value of a dealer
          option it
                    has purchased only by exercising it or reselling it to
          the dealer
                    who issued it.  Similarly, when the Fund writes a
          dealer option,
                    it generally will be able to close out the option prior
          to its
                    expiration only by entering into a closing purchase
          transaction
                    with the dealer to which the Fund originally wrote the
          option. 
                    While the Fund will seek to enter into dealer options












          only with
                    dealers who will agree to and which are expected to be
          capable of
                    entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there
          can be no
                    assurance that the Fund will be able to liquidate a
          dealer option
                    at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. 
          Until the
                    Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, is able
          to effect a
                    closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to
          liquidate
                    securities (or other assets) or currencies used as
          cover until
                    the option expires or is exercised.  In the event of
          insolvency
                    of the contra party, the Fund may be unable to
          liquidate a dealer
                    option.  With respect to options written by the Fund,
          the 


















                    PAGE 50
                    inability to enter into a closing transaction may
          result in
                    material losses to the Fund.  For example, since the
          Fund must
                    maintain a secured position with respect to any call
          option on a
                    security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets
          which it has
                    segregated to secure the position while it is obligated
          under the
                    option.  This requirement may impair a Fund's ability
          to sell
                    portfolio securities or currencies at a time when such
          sale might












                    be advantageous.

                         The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that
          purchased
                    dealer options and the assets used to secure the
          written dealer
                    options are illiquid securities.  The Fund may treat
          the cover
                    used for written OTC options as liquid if the dealer
          agrees that
                    the Fund may repurchase the OTC option it has written
          for a
                    maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined
          formula.  In
                    such cases, the OTC option would be considered illiquid
          only to
                    the extent the maximum repurchase price under the
          formula exceeds
                    the intrinsic value of the option.  Accordingly, the
          Fund will
                    treat dealer options as subject to the Fund's
          limitation on
                    illiquid securities.  If the SEC changes its position
          on the
                    liquidity of dealer options, the Fund will change its
          treatment
                    of such instrument accordingly.

                    High Yield Fund

                                        Spread Option Transactions

                         The Fund may purchase from and sell to securities
          dealers
                    covered spread options.  Such covered spread options
          are not
                    presently exchange listed or traded.  The purchase of a
          spread
                    option gives the Fund the right to put, or sell, a
          security that
                    it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread
          in
                    relationship to another security that the Fund does not
          own, but
                    which is used as a benchmark.  The risk to the Fund in
          purchasing
                    covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid
          for the
                    spread option and any transaction costs.  In addition,
          there is
                    no assurance that closing transactions will be
          available.  The
                    purchase of spread options will be used to protect the
          Fund












                    against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality
          spreads,
                    i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower
          quality
                    securities.  Such protection is only provided during
          the life of
                    the spread option.  The security covering the spread
          option will
                    be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund's
          custodian. 
                    The Fund does not consider a security covered by a
          spread option
                    to be "pledged" as that term is used in the Fund's
          policy
                    limiting the pledging or mortgaging of its assets.  The
          Fund may
                    also buy and sell uncovered spread options.  Such
          options would 


















                    PAGE 51
                    be used for the same purposes and be subject to similar
          risks as
                    covered spread options.  However, in an uncovered
          spread option,
                    the Fund would not own either of the securities
          involved in the
                    spread.

                    All Funds (except Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds)

                                            Futures Contracts

                    Transactions in Futures

                         The Fund may enter into futures contracts,
          including stock












                    index, interest rate and currency futures ("futures or
          futures
                    contracts").

                         Stock index futures contracts may be used to
          provide a hedge
                    for a portion of the Fund's portfolio, as a cash
          management tool,
                    or as an efficient way for T. Rowe Price to implement
          either an
                    increase or decrease in portfolio market exposure in
          response to
                    changing market conditions.  The Fund may purchase or
          sell
                    futures contracts with respect to any stock index. 
          Nevertheless,
                    to hedge the Fund's portfolio successfully, the Fund
          must sell
                    futures contacts with respect to indices or subindices
          whose
                    movements will have a significant correlation with
          movements in
                    the prices of the Fund's portfolio securities.

                         Interest rate or currency futures contracts may be
          used as a
                    hedge against changes in prevailing levels of interest
          rates or
                    currency exchange rates in order to establish more
          definitely the
                    effective return on securities or currencies held or
          intended to
                    be acquired by the Fund.  In this regard, the Fund
          could sell
                    interest rate or currency futures as an offset against
          the effect
                    of expected increases in interest rates or currency
          exchange
                    rates and purchase such futures as an offset against
          the effect
                    of expected declines in interest rates or currency
          exchange
                    rates.

                         The Fund will enter into futures contracts which
          are traded
                    on national or foreign futures exchanges, and are
          standardized as
                    to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. 
          Futures
                    exchanges and trading in the United States are
          regulated under
                    the Commodity Exchange Act by the CFTC.  Futures are
          traded in












                    London, at the London International Financial Futures
          Exchange,
                    in Paris, at the MATIF, and in Tokyo, at the Tokyo
          Stock
                    Exchange.  Although techniques other than the sale and
          purchase
                    of futures contracts could be used for the
          above-referenced 



















                    PAGE 52
                    purposes, futures contracts offer an effective and
          relatively low
                    cost means of implementing the Fund's objectives in
          these areas.

                    Regulatory Limitations

                         The Fund will engage in futures contracts and
          options
                    thereon only for bona fide hedging, yield enhancement,
          and risk
                    management purposes, in each case in accordance with
          rules and
                    regulations of the CFTC and applicable state law.

                         The Fund may not purchase or sell futures
          contracts or
                    related options if, with respect to positions which do
          not
                    qualify as bona fide hedging under applicable CFTC
          rules, the sum
                    of the amounts of initial margin deposits and premiums
          paid on
                    those positions would exceed 5% of the net asset value
          of the
                    Fund after taking into account unrealized profits and












          unrealized
                    losses on any such contracts it has entered into;
          provided,
                    however, that in the case of an option that is
          in-the-money at
                    the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be
          excluded in
                    calculating the 5% limitation.  For purposes of this
          policy
                    options on futures contracts and foreign currency
          options traded
                    on a commodities exchange will be considered "related
          options". 
                    This policy may be modified by the Board of
          Directors/Trustees
                    without a shareholder vote and does not limit the
          percentage of
                    the Fund's assets at risk to 5%.

                         In accordance with the rules of the State of
          California, the
                    Fund may have to apply the above 5% test without
          excluding the
                    value of initial margin and premiums paid for bona fide
          hedging
                    positions.

                         The Fund's use of futures contracts will not
          result in
                    leverage.  Therefore, to the extent necessary, in
          instances
                    involving the purchase of futures contracts or the
          writing of
                    call or put options thereon by the Fund, an amount of
          cash, U.S.
                    government securities or other liquid, high-grade debt
                    obligations, equal to the market value of the futures
          contracts
                    and options thereon (less any related margin deposits),
          will be
                    identified in an account with the Fund's custodian to
          cover the
                    position, or alternative cover (such as owning an
          offsetting
                    position) will be employed.  Assets used as cover or
          held in an
                    identified account cannot be sold while the position in
          the
                    corresponding option or future is open, unless they are
          replaced
                    with similar assets.  As a result, the commitment of a
          large
                    portion of a Fund's assets to cover or identified
          accounts could












                    impede portfolio management or the fund's ability to
          meet
                    redemption requests or other current obligations.


















                    PAGE 53
                         If the CFTC or other regulatory authorities adopt
          different
                    (including less stringent) or additional restrictions,
          the Fund
                    would comply with such new restrictions.

                    Trading in Futures Contracts

                         A futures contract provides for the future sale by
          one party
                    and purchase by another party of a specified amount of
          a specific
                    financial instrument (e.g., units of a debt security)
          for a
                    specified price, date, time and place designated at the
          time the
                    contract is made.  Brokerage fees are incurred when a
          futures
                    contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be
                    maintained.  Entering into a contract to buy is
          commonly referred
                    to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long
          position. 
                    Entering into a contract to sell is commonly referred
          to as
                    selling a contract or holding a short position.

                         Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a
          security, no price
                    would be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase
          or sale
                    of a futures contract.  Upon entering into a futures












          contract,
                    and to maintain the Fund's open positions in futures
          contracts,
                    the Fund would be required to deposit with its
          custodian in a
                    segregated account in the name of the futures broker an
          amount of
                    cash, U.S. government securities, suitable money market
                    instruments, or liquid, high-grade debt securities,
          known as
                    "initial margin."  The margin required for a particular
          futures
                    contract is set by the exchange on which the contract
          is traded,
                    and may be significantly modified from time to time by
          the
                    exchange during the term of the contract.  Futures
          contracts are
                    customarily purchased and sold on margins that may
          range upward
                    from less than 5% of the value of the contract being
          traded.

                         If the price of an open futures contract changes
          (by
                    increase in the case of a sale or by decrease in the
          case of a
                    purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract
          reaches a
                    point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy
          margin
                    requirements, the broker will require an increase in
          the margin. 
                    However, if the value of a position increases because
          of
                    favorable price changes in the futures contract so that
          the
                    margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the broker
          will pay
                    the excess to the Fund.

                         These subsequent payments, called "variation
          margin," to and
                    from the futures broker, are made on a daily basis as
          the price
                    of the underlying assets fluctuate making the long and
          short
                    positions in the futures contract more or less
          valuable, a 






























                    PAGE 54
                    process known as "marking to the market."  The Fund
          expects to
                    earn interest income on its margin deposits.  

                         Although certain futures contracts, by their
          terms, require
                    actual future delivery of and payment for the
          underlying
                    instruments, in practice most futures contracts are
          usually
                    closed out before the delivery date.  Closing out an
          open futures
                    contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into
          an
                    offsetting futures contract sale or purchase,
          respectively, for
                    the same aggregate amount of the identical securities
          and the
                    same delivery date.  If the offsetting purchase price
          is less
                    than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain;
          if it is
                    more, the Fund realizes a loss.  Conversely, if the
          offsetting
                    sale price is more than the original purchase price,
          the Fund
                    realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a
          loss.  The
                    transaction costs must also be included in these
          calculations. 
                    There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will
          be able to
                    enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a
          particular
                    futures contract at a particular time.  If the Fund is
          not able
                    to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will
          continue
                    to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the
          futures












                    contract.

                         As an example of an offsetting transaction in
          which the
                    underlying instrument is not delivered, the contractual
                    obligations arising from the sale of one contract of
          September
                    Treasury Bills on an exchange may be fulfilled at any
          time before
                    delivery of the contract is required (i.e., on a
          specified date
                    in September, the "delivery month") by the purchase of
          one
                    contract of September Treasury Bills on the same
          exchange.  In
                    such instance, the difference between the price at
          which the
                    futures contract was sold and the price paid for the
          offsetting
                    purchase, after allowance for transaction costs,
          represents the
                    profit or loss to the Fund.

                         A futures contract on the Standard & Poor's 500
          Stock Index,
                    composed of 500 selected common stocks, most of which
          are listed
                    on the New York Stock Exchange, provides an example of
          how
                    futures contracts operate.  The S&P 500 Index assigns
          relative
                    weightings to the common stocks included in the Index,
          and the
                    Index fluctuates with changes in the market values of
          those
                    common stocks.  In the case of futures contracts on the
          S&P 500
                    Index, the contracts are to buy or sell 500 units. 
          Thus, if the
                    value of the S&P 500 Index were $150, one contract
          would be worth
                    $75,000 (500 units x $150). The contract specifies that
          no
                    delivery of the actual stocks making up the index will
          take 






























                    PAGE 55
                    place.  Instead, settlement in cash occurs.  Over the
          life of the
                    contract, the gain or loss realized by the Fund will
          equal the
                    difference between the purchase (or sale) price of the
          contract
                    and the price at which the contract is terminated.  For
          example,
                    if the Fund enters into the example contract above and
          the S&P
                    500 Index is at $154 on the termination date, the Fund
          will gain
                    $2,000 (500 units x gain of $4).  If, however, the S&P
          500 Index
                    is at $148 on that future date, the Fund will lose
          $1,000 (500
                    units x loss of $2).

                    Special Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts

                         Volatility and Leverage.  The prices of futures
          contracts
                    are volatile and are influenced, among other things, by
          actual
                    and anticipated changes in the market and interest
          rates, which
                    in turn are affected by fiscal and monetary policies
          and national
                    and international political and economic events.

                         Most United States futures exchanges limit the
          amount of
                    fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during
          a single
                    trading day.  The daily limit establishes the maximum
          amount that
                    the price of a futures contract may vary either up or
          down from
                    the previous day's settlement price at the end of a
          trading
                    session.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a
          particular
                    type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that
          day at a












                    price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only
          price
                    movement during a particular trading day and therefore
          does not
                    limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent
          the
                    liquidation of unfavorable positions.  Futures contract
          prices
                    have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several
                    consecutive trading days with little or no trading,
          thereby
                    preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and
          subjecting
                    some futures traders to substantial losses.

                         Because of the low margin deposits required,
          futures trading
                    involves an extremely high degree of leverage.  As a
          result, a
                    relatively small price movement in a futures contract
          may result
                    in immediate and substantial loss, as well as gain, to
          the
                    investor.  For example, if at the time of purchase, 10%
          of the
                    value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a
                    subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures
          contract
                    would result in a total loss of the margin deposit,
          before any
                    deduction for the transaction costs, if the account
          were then
                    closed out.  A 15% decrease would result in a loss
          equal to 150%
                    of the original margin deposit, if the contract were
          closed out. 
                    Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may
          result in 






























                    PAGE 56
                    losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures
          contract. 
                    However, the Fund would presumably have sustained
          comparable
                    losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had
          invested in
                    the underlying financial instrument and sold it after
          the
                    decline.  Furthermore, in the case of a futures
          contract
                    purchase, in order to be certain that the Fund has
          sufficient
                    assets to satisfy its obligations under a futures
          contract, the
                    Fund earmarks to the futures contract money market
          instruments
                    equal in value to the current value of the underlying
          instrument
                    less the margin deposit.

                         Liquidity.  The Fund may elect to close some or
          all of its
                    futures positions at any time prior to their
          expiration.  The
                    Fund would do so to reduce exposure represented by long
          futures
                    positions or short futures positions.  The Fund may
          close its
                    positions by taking opposite positions which would
          operate to
                    terminate the Fund's position in the futures contracts. 
          Final
                    determinations of variation margin would then be made,
          additional
                    cash would be required to be paid by or released to the
          Fund, and
                    the Fund would realize a loss or a gain.

                         Futures contracts may be closed out only on the
          exchange or
                    board of trade where the contracts were initially
          traded. 
                    Although the Fund intends to purchase or sell futures
          contracts
                    only on exchanges or boards of trade where there
          appears to be an
                    active market, there is no assurance that a liquid
          market on an
                    exchange or board of trade will exist for any
          particular contract
                    at any particular time.  In such event, it might not be












          possible
                    to close a futures contract, and in the event of
          adverse price
                    movements, the Fund would continue to be required to
          make daily
                    cash payments of variation margin.  However, in the
          event futures
                    contracts have been used to hedge the underlying
          instruments, the
                    Fund would continue to hold the underlying instruments
          subject to
                    the hedge until the futures contracts could be
          terminated.  In
                    such circumstances, an increase in the price of
          underlying
                    instruments, if any, might partially or completely
          offset losses
                    on the futures contract.  However, as described below,
          there is
                    no guarantee that the price of the underlying
          instruments will,
                    in fact, correlate with the price movements in the
          futures
                    contract and thus provide an offset to losses on a
          futures
                    contract.  

                         Hedging Risk.  A decision of whether, when, and
          how to hedge
                    involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived
          hedge may
                    be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected
          market
                    behavior, market or interest rate trends.  There are
          several 































                    PAGE 57
                    risks in connection with the use by the Fund of futures
          contracts
                    as a hedging device.  One risk arises because of the
          imperfect
                    correlation between movements in the prices of the
          futures
                    contracts and movements in the prices of the underlying
                    instruments which are the subject of the hedge.  T.
          Rowe Price
                    will, however, attempt to reduce this risk by entering
          into
                    futures contracts whose movements, in its judgment,
          will have a
                    significant correlation with movements in the prices of
          the
                    Fund's underlying instruments sought to be hedged.  

                         Successful use of futures contracts by the Fund
          for hedging
                    purposes is also subject to T. Rowe Price's ability to
          correctly
                    predict movements in the direction of the market.  It
          is possible
                    that, when the Fund has sold futures to hedge its
          portfolio
                    against a decline in the market, the index, indices, or
                    instruments underlying futures might advance and the
          value of the
                    underlying instruments held in the Fund's portfolio
          might
                    decline.  If this were to occur, the Fund would lose
          money on the
                    futures and also would experience a decline in value in
          its
                    underlying instruments.  However, while this might
          occur to a
                    certain degree, T. Rowe Price believes that over time
          the value
                    of the Fund's portfolio will tend to move in the same
          direction
                    as the market indices used to hedge the portfolio.  It
          is also
                    possible that if the Fund were to hedge against the
          possibility
                    of a decline in the market (adversely affecting the
          underlying
                    instruments held in its portfolio) and prices instead
          increased,
                    the Fund would lose part or all of the benefit of
          increased value
                    of those underlying instruments that it has hedged,
          because it
                    would have offsetting losses in its futures positions. 












          In
                    addition, in such situations, if the Fund had
          insufficient cash,
                    it might have to sell underlying instruments to meet
          daily
                    variation margin requirements.  Such sales of
          underlying
                    instruments might be, but would not necessarily be, at
          increased
                    prices (which would reflect the rising market).  The
          Fund might
                    have to sell underlying instruments at a time when it
          would be
                    disadvantageous to do so.  

                         In addition to the possibility that there might be
          an
                    imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all,
          between price
                    movements in the futures contracts and the portion of
          the
                    portfolio being hedged, the price movements of futures
          contracts
                    might not correlate perfectly with price movements in
          the
                    underlying instruments due to certain market
          distortions.  First,
                    all participants in the futures market are subject to
          margin
                    deposit and maintenance requirements.  Rather than
          meeting
                    additional margin deposit requirements, investors might
          close
                    futures contracts through offsetting transactions,
          which could 


















                    PAGE 58












                    distort the normal relationship between the underlying
                    instruments and futures markets.  Second, the margin
          requirements
                    in the futures market are less onerous than margin
          requirements
                    in the securities markets, and as a result the futures
          market
                    might attract more speculators than the securities
          markets do. 
                    Increased participation by speculators in the futures
          market
                    might also cause temporary price distortions.  Due to
          the
                    possibility of price distortion in the futures market
          and also
                    because of the imperfect correlation between price
          movements in
                    the underlying instruments and movements in the prices
          of futures
                    contracts, even a correct forecast of general market
          trends by T.
                    Rowe Price might not result in a successful hedging
          transaction
                    over a very short time period.

                    Options on Futures Contracts

                         The Fund may purchase and sell options on the same
          types of
                    futures in which it may invest.

                         Options on futures are similar to options on
          underlying
                    instruments except that options on futures give the
          purchaser the
                    right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a
          position in a
                    futures contract (a long position if the option is a
          call and a
                    short position if the option is a put), rather than to
          purchase
                    or sell the futures contract, at a specified exercise
          price at
                    any time during the period of the option.  Upon
          exercise of the
                    option, the delivery of the futures position by the
          writer of the
                    option to the holder of the option will be accompanied
          by the
                    delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer's
          futures
                    margin account which represents the amount by which the
          market
                    price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in












          the case
                    of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the
          exercise
                    price of the option on the futures contract. 
          Purchasers of
                    options who fail to exercise their options prior to the
          exercise
                    date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

                         As an alternative to writing or purchasing call
          and put
                    options on interest rate futures, the Fund may write or
          purchase
                    call and put options on financial indices.  Such
          options would be
                    used in a manner similar to the use of options on
          futures
                    contracts.  From time to time, a single order to
          purchase or sell
                    futures contracts (or options thereon) may be made on
          behalf of
                    the Fund and other T. Rowe Price Funds.  Such
          aggregated orders
                    would be allocated among the Funds and the other T.
          Rowe Price
                    Funds in a fair and non-discriminatory manner.




















                    PAGE 59
                    Special Risks of Transactions in Options on Futures
          Contracts

                         The risks described under "Special Risks of
          Transactions on
                    Futures Contracts" are substantially the same as the
          risks of












                    using options on futures.  In addition, where the Fund
          seeks to
                    close out an option position by writing or buying an
          offsetting
                    option covering the same index, underlying instrument
          or contract
                    and having the same exercise price and expiration date,
          its
                    ability to establish and close out positions on such
          options will
                    be subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary
          market. 
                    Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on
          an
                    exchange include the following: (i) there may be
          insufficient
                    trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions
          may be
                    imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or
          closing
                    transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions
          or other
                    restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular
          classes or
                    series of options, or underlying instruments; (iv)
          unusual or
                    unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal
          operations on an
                    exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a
          clearing
                    corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle
          current
                    trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could,
          for economic
                    or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future
          date to
                    discontinue the trading of options (or a particular
          class or
                    series of options), in which event the secondary market
          on that
                    exchange (or in the class or series of options) would
          cease to
                    exist, although outstanding options on the exchange
          that had been
                    issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades
          on that
                    exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance
          with
                    their terms.  There is no assurance that higher than
          anticipated
                    trading activity or other unforeseen events might not,
          at times,
                    render certain of the facilities of any of the clearing
                    corporations inadequate, and thereby result in the












          institution by
                    an exchange of special procedures which may interfere
          with the
                    timely execution of customers' orders.  

                    Additional Futures and Options Contracts

                         Although the Fund has no current intention of
          engaging in
                    futures or options transactions other than those
          described above,
                    it reserves the right to do so.  Such futures and
          options trading
                    might involve risks which differ from those involved in
          the
                    futures and options described above.

                                       Foreign Futures and Options

                         Participation in foreign futures and foreign
          options
                    transactions involves the execution and clearing of
          trades on or 


















                    PAGE 60
                    subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. 
          Neither the
                    National Futures Association nor any domestic exchange
          regulates
                    activities of any foreign boards of trade, including
          the
                    execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or
          has the
                    power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign
          board of
                    trade or any applicable foreign law.  This is true even
          if the












                    exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so
          that a
                    position taken on the market may be liquidated by a
          transaction
                    on another market.  Moreover, such laws or regulations
          will vary
                    depending on the foreign country in which the foreign
          futures or
                    foreign options transaction occurs.  For these reasons,
          when the
                    Fund trades foreign futures or foreign options
          contracts, it may 
                    not be afforded certain of the protective measures
          provided by
                    the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC's regulations and
          the rules
                    of the National Futures Association and any domestic
          exchange,
                    including the right to use reparations proceedings
          before the
                    Commission and arbitration proceedings provided by the
          National
                    Futures Association or any domestic futures exchange. 
          In
                    particular, funds received from the Fund for foreign
          futures or
                    foreign options transactions may not be provided the
          same
                    protections as funds received in respect of
          transactions on
                    United States futures exchanges.  In addition, the
          price of any
                    foreign futures or foreign options contract and,
          therefore, the
                    potential profit and loss thereon may be affected by
          any variance
                    in the foreign exchange rate between the time the
          Fund's order is
                    placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or
          exercised.

                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate and Long-Term Funds

                                  Limitations on Futures and Options for
                                     Intermediate and Long-Term Funds

                         The Funds will not purchase a futures contract or
          option
                    thereon if, with respect to positions in futures or
          options on
                    futures which do not represent bona fide hedging, the
          aggregate
                    initial margin and premiums on such positions would
          exceed 5% of












                    the Fund's net asset value.  In addition, neither of
          the Funds
                    will enter into a futures transaction if it would be
          obligated to
                    purchase or deliver under outstanding open futures
          contracts
                    amounts which would exceed 15% of the Fund's total
          assets.

                         A Fund will not write a covered call option if, as
          a result,
                    the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities
          covering
                    call options or subject to delivery under put options
          exceeds 15%
                    of the market value of the Fund's total assets.




















                    PAGE 61
                         A Fund will not write a covered put option if, as
          a result,
                    the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities
          subject to
                    such put options or covering call options exceeds 15%
          of the
                    market value of the Fund's total assets.

                         In order to comply with the laws of certain
          states, a Fund
                    will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in
          premiums on
                    put options.  Should these state laws change or should
          a Fund
                    obtain a waiver of their applications, the Fund may
          invest up to
                    15% of its total assets in premiums on put options.












                         In order to comply with the laws of certain
          states, a Fund
                    will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in
          premiums on
                    call options.  Should these state laws change or should
          a Fund
                    obtain a waiver of their applications, the Fund may
          invest up to
                    15% of its total assets in premiums on call options.

                         In order to comply with the laws of certain
          states, a Fund
                    will not purchase puts, calls, straddles, spreads and
          any
                    combination thereof if by reason thereof the value of
          its
                    aggregate investment in such classes of securities will
          exceed 5%
                    of its total assets.  Should these state laws change or
          should a
                    Fund obtain a waiver of their application, the Fund may
          invest a
                    higher percentage of its total assets in puts, calls,
          straddles,
                    or spreads.

                         The total amount of a Fund's total assets invested
          in
                    futures and options under any combination of the
          limitations
                    described above will not exceed 15% of the Fund's total
          assets.

                       High Yield, New Income, Personal Strategy, and
          Short-Term Bond
                    Funds    

                                      Foreign Currency Transactions

                         A forward foreign currency exchange contract
          involves an
                    obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a
          future
                    date, which may be any fixed number of days from the
          date of the
                    contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at
          the time
                    of the contract.  These contracts are principally
          traded in the
                    interbank market conducted directly between currency
          traders
                    (usually large, commercial banks) and their customers. 
          A forward
                    contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no












          commissions
                    are charged at any stage for trades.  

                         The Fund may enter into forward contracts for a
          variety of
                    purposes in connection with the management of the
          foreign 


















                    PAGE 62
                    securities portion of its portfolio.  The Fund's use of
          such
                    contracts would include, but not be limited to, the
          following:

                         First, when the Fund enters into a contract for
          the purchase
                    or sale of a security denominated in a foreign
          currency, it may
                    desire to "lock in" the U.S. dollar price of the
          security.  By
                    entering into a forward contract for the purchase or
          sale, for a
                    fixed amount of dollars, of the amount of foreign
          currency
                    involved in the underlying security transactions, the
          Fund will
                    be able to protect itself against a possible loss
          resulting from
                    an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S.
          dollar and
                    the subject foreign currency during the period between
          the date
                    the security is purchased or sold and the date on which
          payment
                    is made or received. 

                         Second, when T. Rowe Price believes that one












          currency may
                    experience a substantial movement against another
          currency,
                    including the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward
          contract
                    to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign
          currency,
                    approximating the value of some or all of the Fund's
          portfolio
                    securities denominated in such foreign currency. 
          Alternatively,
                    where appropriate, the Fund may hedge all or part of
          its foreign
                    currency exposure through the use of a basket of
          currencies or a
                    proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as
          an
                    effective proxy for other currencies.  In such a case,
          the Fund
                    may enter into a forward contract where the amount of
          the foreign
                    currency to be sold exceeds the value of the securities
                    denominated in such currency.  The use of this basket
          hedging
                    technique may be more efficient and economical than
          entering into
                    separate forward contracts for each currency held in
          the Fund. 
                    The precise matching of the forward contract amounts
          and the
                    value of the securities involved will not generally be
          possible
                    since the future value of such securities in foreign
          currencies
                    will change as a consequence of market movements in the
          value of
                    those securities between the date the forward contract
          is entered
                    into and the date it matures.  The projection of
          short-term
                    currency market movement is extremely difficult, and
          the
                    successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy
          is highly
                    uncertain.  Under normal circumstances, consideration
          of the
                    prospect for currency parities will be incorporated
          into the
                    longer term investment decisions made with regard to
          overall
                    diversification strategies.  However, T. Rowe Price
          believes that
                    it is important to have the flexibility to enter into
          such












                    forward contracts when it determines that the best
          interests of
                    the Fund will be served.




















                    PAGE 63
                         Third, the Fund may use forward contracts when the
          Fund
                    wishes to hedge out of the dollar into a foreign
          currency in
                    order to create a synthetic bond or money market
          instrument--the
                    security would be issued in U.S. dollars but the dollar
          component
                    would be transformed into a foreign currency through a
          forward
                    contract.

                         The Fund may enter into forward contacts for any
          other
                    purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective
          and
                    program.  However, the Fund will not enter into a
          forward
                    contract, or maintain exposure to any such contract(s),
          if the
                    amount of foreign currency required to be delivered
          thereunder
                    would exceed the Fund's holdings of liquid, high-grade
          debt
                    securities and currency available for cover of the
          forward
                    contract(s).  In determining the amount to be delivered
          under a
                    contract, the Fund may net offsetting positions.













                         At the maturity of a forward contract, the Fund
          may sell the
                    portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign
          currency, or
                    it may retain the security and either extend the
          maturity of the
                    forward contract (by "rolling" that contract forward)
          or may
                    initiate a new forward contract.

                         If the Fund retains the portfolio security and
          engages in an
                    offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or a
          loss (as
                    described below) to the extent that there has been
          movement in
                    forward contract prices.  If the Fund engages in an
          offsetting
                    transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new
          forward
                    contract to sell the foreign currency.  Should forward
          prices
                    decline during the period between the Fund's entering
          into a
                    forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and
          the date
                    it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase
          of the
                    foreign currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the
          extent the
                    price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the
          price of
                    the currency it has agreed to purchase.  Should forward
          prices
                    increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent of
          the price
                    of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the
          price of
                    the currency it has agreed to sell.

                         The Fund's dealing in forward foreign currency
          exchange
                    contracts will generally be limited to the transactions
          described
                    above.  However, the Fund reserves the right to enter
          into
                    forward foreign currency contracts for different
          purposes and
                    under different circumstances.  Of course, the Fund is
          not
                    required to enter into forward contracts with regard to
          its
                    foreign currency-denominated securities and will not do
          so unless












                    deemed appropriate by T. Rowe Price.  It also should be
          realized 


















                    PAGE 64
                    that this method of hedging against a decline in the
          value of a
                    currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the
          underlying prices
                    of the securities.  It simply establishes a rate of
          exchange at a
                    future date.  Additionally, although such contracts
          tend to
                    minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value
          of the
                    hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit
          any
                    potential gain which might result from an increase in
          the value
                    of that currency.

                         Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms
          of U.S.
                    dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of
          foreign
                    currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  It will
          do so
                    from time to time, and investors should be aware of the
          costs of
                    currency conversion.  Although foreign exchange dealers
          do not
                    charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit
          based on
                    the difference (the "spread") between the prices at
          which they
                    are buying and selling various currencies.  Thus, a
          dealer may
                    offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one












          rate, while
                    offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund
          desire to
                    resell that currency to the dealer.

                    Federal Tax Treatment of Options, Futures Contracts and
          Forward
                    Foreign Exchange Contracts

                         The Fund may enter into certain option, futures,
          and forward
                    foreign exchange contracts, including options and
          futures on
                    currencies, which will be treated as Section 1256
          contracts or
                    straddles.

                         Transactions which are considered Section 1256
          contracts
                    will be considered to have been closed at the end of
          the Fund's
                    fiscal year and any gains or losses will be recognized
          for tax
                    purposes at that time.  Such gains or losses from the
          normal
                    closing or settlement of such transactions will be
          characterized
                    as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40%
          short-term capital
                    gain or loss regardless of the holding period of the
          instrument. 
                    The Fund will be required to distribute net gains on
          such
                    transactions to shareholders even though it may not
          have closed
                    the transaction and received cash to pay such
          distributions.

                         Options, futures and forward foreign exchange
          contracts,
                    including options and futures on currencies, which
          offset a
                    foreign dollar denominated bond or currency position
          may be
                    considered straddles for tax purposes, in which case a
          loss on
                    any position in a straddle will be subject to deferral
          to the
                    extent of unrealized gain in an offsetting position. 
          The holding
                    period of the securities or currencies comprising the
          straddle 





























                    PAGE 65
                    will be deemed not to begin until the straddle is
          terminated. 
                    For securities offsetting a purchased put, this
          adjustment of the
                    holding period may increase the gain from sales of
          securities
                    held less than three months.  The holding period of the
          security
                    offsetting an "in-the-money qualified covered call"
          option on an
                    equity security will not include the period of time the
          option is
                    outstanding.

                         Losses on written covered calls and purchased puts
          on
                    securities, excluding certain "qualified covered call"
          options on
                    equity securities, may be long-term capital loss, if
          the security
                    covering the option was held for more than twelve
          months prior to
                    the writing of the option.

                         In order for the Fund to continue to qualify for
          federal
                    income tax treatment as a regulated investment company,
          at least
                    90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be
          derived from
                    qualifying income; i.e., dividends, interest, income
          derived from
                    loans of securities, and gains from the sale of
          securities or
                    currencies.  Pending tax regulations could limit the
          extent that
                    net gain realized from option, futures or foreign
          forward












                    exchange contracts on currencies is qualifying income
          for
                    purposes of the 90% requirement.  In addition, gains
          realized on
                    the sale or other disposition of securities, including
          option,
                    futures or foreign forward exchange contracts on
          securities or
                    securities indexes and, in some cases, currencies, held
          for less
                    than three months, must be limited to less than 30% of
          the Fund's
                    annual gross income.  In order to avoid realizing
          excessive gains
                    on securities or currencies held less than three
          months, the Fund
                    may be required to defer the closing out of option,
          futures or
                    foreign forward exchange contracts) beyond the time
          when it would
                    otherwise be advantageous to do so.  It is anticipated
          that
                    unrealized gains on Section 1256 option, futures and
          foreign
                    forward exchange contracts, which have been open for
          less than
                    three months as of the end of the Fund's fiscal year
          and which
                    are recognized for tax purposes, will not be considered
          gains on
                    securities or currencies held less than three months
          for purposes
                    of the 30% test.


                                         INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

                         Fundamental policies may not be changed without
          the approval
                    of the lesser of (1) 67% of the Fund's shares present
          at a
                    meeting of shareholders if the holders of more than 50%
          of the
                    outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or
          (2) more 






























                    PAGE 66
                    than 50% of the Fund's outstanding shares.  Other
          restrictions in
                    the form of operating policies are subject to change by
          the
                    Fund's Board of Directors/Trustees without shareholder
          approval. 
                    Any investment restriction which involves a maximum
          percentage of
                    securities or assets shall not be considered to be
          violated
                    unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately
          after,
                    and is caused by, an acquisition of securities or
          assets of, or
                    borrowings by, the Fund.

                                           Fundamental Policies

                             As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund
          may not:

                             (1)   Borrowing. Borrow money except that the
          Fund may
                                   (i) borrow for non-leveraging, temporary
          or
                                   emergency purposes and (ii) engage in
          reverse
                                   repurchase agreements and make other
          investments
                                   or engage in other transactions, which
          may involve
                                   a borrowing, in a manner consistent with
          the
                                   Fund's investment objective and program,
          provided
                                   that the combination of (i) and (ii)
          shall not
                                   exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the
          Fund's total
                                   assets (including the amount borrowed)
          less
                                   liabilities (other than borrowings) or
          such other
                                   percentage permitted by law.  Any












          borrowings which
                                   come to exceed this amount will be
          reduced in
                                   accordance with applicable law.  The
          Fund may
                                   borrow from banks, other Price Funds or
          other
                                   persons to the extent permitted by
          applicable law.

                             (2)   Commodities.  Purchase or sell physical
                                   commodities; except that the Fund (other
          than the
                                   Prime Reserve and Treasury Money Funds)
          may enter
                                   into futures contracts and options
          thereon;

                             (3)   (a) Industry Concentration (All Funds,
          except High
                                   Yield, New Income, Prime Reserve and
          Short-Term
                                   Bond Funds).  Purchase the securities of
          any
                                   issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of
          the value
                                   of the Fund's total assets would be
          invested in
                                   the securities of issuers having their
          principal
                                   business activities in the same
          industry;

                                   (b) Industry Concentration (High Yield
          Fund). 
                                   Purchase the securities of any issuer
          if, as a
                                   result, more than 25% of the value of
          the Fund's
                                   total assets would be invested in the
          securities 





























                    PAGE 67
                                   of issuers having their principal
          business
                                   activities in the same industry;
          provided,
                                   however, that the Fund will normally
          invest more
                                   than 25% of its total assets in the
          securities of
                                   the banking industry including, but not
          limited
                                   to, bank certificates of deposit and
          bankers'
                                   acceptances, when the Fund's position in
          issues
                                   maturing in one year or less equals 35%
          or more of
                                   the Fund's total assets;

                                   (c) Industry Concentration (New Income
          Fund). 
                                   Purchase the securities of any issuer
          if, as a
                                   result, more than 25% of the value of
          the Fund's
                                   total assets would be invested in the
          securities
                                   of issuers having their principal
          business
                                   activities in the same industry;
          provided,
                                   however, that the Fund will invest more
          than 25%
                                   of its total assets, but not more than
          50%, in any
                                   one of the gas utility, gas transmission
          utility,
                                   electric utility, telephone utility, and
          petroleum
                                   industries under certain circumstances,
          and
                                   further provided that this limitation
          does not
                                   apply to securities of the banking
          industry
                                   including, but not limited to,
          certificates of
                                   deposit and bankers' acceptances;

                                   (d) Industry Concentration (Prime












          Reserve Fund). 
                                   Purchase the securities of any issuer
          if, as a
                                   result, more than 25% of the value of
          the Fund's
                                   total assets would be invested in the
          securities
                                   of issuers having their principal
          business
                                   activities in the same industry;
          provided,
                                   however, that this limitation does not
          apply to
                                   securities of the banking industry
          including, but
                                   not limited to, certificates of deposit
          and
                                   bankers' acceptances; and

                                   (e) Industry Concentration (Short-Term
          Bond Fund). 
                                   Purchase the securities of any issuer
          if, as a
                                   result, more than 25% of the value of
          the Fund's
                                   total assets would be invested in the
          securities
                                   of issuers having their principal
          business
                                   activities in the same industry;
          provided,
                                   however, that the Fund will normally
          invest more
                                   than 25% of its total assets in the
          securities of
                                   the banking industry including, but not
          limited
                                   to, bank certificates of deposit and
          bankers' 





























                    PAGE 68
                                   acceptances when the Fund's position in
          issues
                                   maturing in one year or less equals 35%
          or more of
                                   the Fund's total assets; provided,
          further, that
                                   the Fund will invest more than 25% of
          its total
                                   assets, but not more than 50%, in any
          one of the
                                   gas utility, gas transmission utility,
          electric
                                   utility, telephone utility, and
          petroleum
                                   industries under certain circumstances;

                             (4)   Loans.  Make loans, although the Fund
          may (i) lend
                                   portfolio securities and participate in
          an
                                   interfund lending program with other
          Price Funds
                                   provided that no such loan may be made
          if, as a
                                   result, the aggregate of such loans
          would exceed
                                   33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total
          assets;
                                   (ii) purchase money market securities
          and enter
                                   into repurchase agreements; and (iii)
          acquire
                                   publicly-distributed or privately-placed
          debt
                                   securities and purchase debt; 

                             (5)   Percent Limit on Assets Invested in Any
          One
                                   Issuer.  Purchase a security if, as a
          result, with
                                   respect to 75% of the value of its total
          assets,
                                   more than 5% of the value of the Fund's
          total
                                   assets would be invested in the
          securities of a
                                   single issuer, except securities issued
          or
                                   guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any
          of its
                                   agencies or instrumentalities;












                             (6)   Percent Limit on Share Ownership of Any
          One
                                   Issuer.  Purchase a security if, as a
          result, with
                                   respect to 75% of the value of the
          Fund's total
                                   assets, more than 10% of the outstanding
          voting
                                   securities of any issuer would be held
          by the Fund
                                   (other than obligations issued or
          guaranteed by
                                   the U.S. Government, its agencies or
                                   instrumentalities);

                             (7)   Real Estate.  Purchase or sell real
          estate unless
                                   acquired as a result of ownership of
          securities or
                                   other instruments (but this shall not
          prevent the
                                   Fund from investing in securities or
          other
                                   instruments backed by real estate or
          securities of
                                   companies engaged in the real estate
          business);





















                    PAGE 69
                             (8)   Senior Securities.  Issue senior
          securities except 
                                   in compliance with the Investment
          Company Act of
                                   1940; or












                             (9)   Underwriting.  Underwrite securities
          issued by
                                   other persons, except to the extent that
          the Fund
                                   may be deemed to be an underwriter
          within the
                                   meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in
                                   connection with the purchase and sale of
          its
                                   portfolio securities in the ordinary
          course of
                                   pursuing its investment program.

                                   NOTES

                                   The following Notes should be read in
          connection
                                   with the above-described fundamental
          policies. 
                                   The Notes are not fundamental policies.

                                   With respect to investment restrictions
          (1) and
                                   (4) the Fund will not borrow from or
          lend to any
                                   other T. Rowe Price Fund unless each
          Fund applies
                                   for and receives an exemptive order from
          the SEC
                                   or the SEC issues rules permitting such
                                   transactions.  The Fund has no current
          intention
                                   of engaging in any such activity and
          there is no
                                   assurance the SEC would grant any order
          requested
                                   by the Fund or promulgate any rules
          allowing the
                                   transactions.

                                   With respect to investment restriction
          (1), the
                                   Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money
          Funds have
                                   no current intention of engaging in any
          borrowing
                                   transactions.

                                   With respect to investment restriction
          (2), the
                                   Fund does not consider currency
          contracts or
                                   hybrid instruments to be commodities.













                                   For purposes of investment restriction
          (3), U.S.,
                                   state or local governments, or related
          agencies or
                                   instrumentalities, are not considered an
          industry. 
                                   Industries are determined by reference
          to the
                                   classifications of industries set forth
          in the
                                   Fund's Semi-annual and Annual Reports.

                                   For purposes of investment restriction
          (4), the
                                   Fund will consider the acquisition of a
          debt 


















                    PAGE 70
                                   security to include the execution of a
          note or
                                   other evidence of an extension of credit
          with a
                                   term of more than nine months.

                                   For purposes of investment restriction
          (5), the
                                   Fund will consider a repurchase
          agreement fully
                                   collateralized with U.S. government
          securities to
                                   be U.S. government securities.

                                            Operating Policies

                             As a matter of operating policy, the Fund may
          not: 













                             (1)   Borrowing.  The Fund will not purchase
          additional
                                   securities when money borrowed exceeds
          5% of its
                                   total assets.

                             (2)   Control of Portfolio Companies.  Invest
          in
                                   companies for the purpose of exercising
          management
                                   or control;

                             (3)   (a) Equity Securities (All Funds, except
          High
                                   Yield, New Income, and Personal Strategy
          Funds). 
                                   Purchase any common stocks or other
          equity
                                   securities, or securities convertible
          into equity
                                   securities except as set forth in its
          operating
                                   policy on investment companies;

                                   (b) Equity Securities (High Yield Fund). 
          Invest
                                   more than 20% of the Fund's total assets
          in equity
                                   securities (including up to 5% in
          warrants);

                                   (c) Equity Securities (New Income Fund). 
          Invest
                                   more than 25% of its total assets in
          equity
                                   securities;

                                   (d) Equity Securities (Personal Strategy
          Funds). 
                                   Purchase any common stocks or other
          equity
                                   securities, except as set forth in its
          prospectus
                                   and operating policy on investment
          companies;

                             (4)   Futures Contracts.  Purchase a futures
          contract or
                                   an option thereon if, with respect to
          positions in
                                   futures or options on futures which do
          not
                                   represent bona fide hedging, the
          aggregate initial












                                   margin and premiums on such positions
          would exceed
                                   5% of the Fund's net asset value.


















                    PAGE 71

                             (5)   (a) Illiquid Securities (All Funds,
          except
                                   Personal Strategy Funds).  Purchase
          illiquid
                                   securities if, as a result, more than
          15% (10% for
                                   the Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury
          Money Funds)
                                   of its net assets would be invested in
          such
                                   securities;

                                   (b) Illiquid Securities (Personal
          Strategy Funds). 
                                   Purchase illiquid securities and
          securities of
                                   unseasoned issuers if, as a result, more
          than 15%
                                   of a Fund's net assets would be invested
          in such
                                   securities, provided that the Fund will
          not invest
                                   more than 5% of its total assets in
          restricted
                                   securities and not more than 5% in
          securities of
                                   unseasoned issuers.  Securities eligible
          for
                                   resale under Rule 144A of the Securities
          Act of
                                   1933 are not included in the 5%












          limitation but are
                                   subject to the 15% limitation;

                             (6)   Investment Companies.  Purchase
          securities of
                                   open-end or closed-end investment
          companies except
                                   in compliance with the Investment
          Company Act of
                                   1940 and applicable state law, and in
          the case of
                                   the Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury
          Money Funds,
                                   only securities of other money market
          funds. 
                                   Duplicate fees may result from such
          purchases;

                             (7)   Margin.  Purchase securities on margin,
          except (i)
                                   for use of short-term credit necessary
          for
                                   clearance of purchases of portfolio
          securities and
                                   (ii) it may make margin deposits in
          connection
                                   with futures contracts or other
          permissible
                                   investments;

                             (8)   Mortgaging.  Mortgage, pledge,
          hypothecate or, in
                                   any manner, transfer any security owned
          by the
                                   Fund as security for indebtedness except
          as may be
                                   necessary in connection with permissible
                                   borrowings or investments and then such
                                   mortgaging, pledging or hypothecating
          may not
                                   exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund's total
          assets at the
                                   time of borrowing or investment;

                             (9)   Oil and Gas Programs.  Purchase
          participations or
                                   other direct interests or enter into
          leases with 






























                    PAGE 72
                                   respect to, oil, gas, or other mineral
          exploration
                                   or development programs;

                             (10)  Options, Etc.  Invest in puts, calls,
          straddles,
                                   spreads, or any combination thereof,
          except to the
                                   extent permitted by the prospectus and
          Statement
                                   of Additional Information; 

                             (11)  Ownership of Portfolio Securities by
          Officers and
                                   Directors.  Purchase or retain the
          securities of
                                   any issuer if those officers and
          directors of the
                                   Fund, and of its investment manager, who
          each own
                                   beneficially more than .5% of the
          outstanding
                                   securities of such issuer, together own
                                   beneficially more than 5% of such
          securities.

                             (12)  (a) Short Sales (All Funds except High
          Yield
                                   Fund).  Effect short sales of
          securities;

                                   (b) Short Sales (High Yield Fund). 
          Effect short
                                   sales of securities, other than as set
          forth in
                                   its prospectus and Statement of
          Additional
                                   Information;

                             (13)  Unseasoned Issuers.  Purchase a security
          (other












                                   than obligations issued or guaranteed by
          the U.S.,
                                   any foreign, state or local government,
          their
                                   agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a
          result,
                                   more than 5% of the value of the Fund's
          total
                                   assets would be invested in the
          securities issuers
                                   which at the time of purchase had been
          in
                                   operation for less than three years (for
          this
                                   purpose, the period of operation of any
          issuer
                                   shall include the period of operation of
          any
                                   predecessor or unconditional guarantor
          of such
                                   issuer).  This restriction does not
          apply to
                                   securities of pooled investment vehicles
          or
                                   mortgage or asset-backed securities; or

                             (14)  Warrants.  Invest in warrants if, as a
          result
                                   thereof, more than 2% of the value of
          the net
                                   assets of the Fund would be invested in
          warrants
                                   which are not listed on the New York
          Stock
                                   Exchange, the American Stock Exchange,
          or a
                                   recognized foreign exchange, or more
          than 5% of 































                    PAGE 73
                                   the value of the net assets of the Fund
          would be
                                   invested in warrants whether or not so
          listed. 
                                   For purposes of these percentage
          limitations, the
                                   warrants will be valued at the lower of
          cost or
                                   market and warrants acquired by the Fund
          in units
                                   or attached to securities may be deemed
          to be
                                   without value.

                    Personal Strategy Funds

                             Notwithstanding anything in the above
          fundamental and
                    operating restrictions to the contrary, the Fund may
          invest all
                    of its assets in a single investment company or a
          series thereof
                    in connection with a "master-feeder" arrangement.  Such
          an
                    investment would be made where the Fund (a "Feeder"),
          and one or
                    more other Funds with the same investment objective and
          program
                    as the Fund, sought to accomplish its investment
          objective and
                    program by investing all of its assets in the shares of
          another
                    investment company (the "Master").  The Master would,
          in turn,
                    have the same investment objective and program as the
          Fund.  The
                    Fund would invest in this manner in an effort to
          achieve the
                    economies of scale associated with having a Master fund
          make
                    investments in portfolio companies on behalf of a
          number of
                    Feeder funds.

                                            MANAGEMENT OF FUND

                             The officers and directors/trustees of the
          Fund are
                    listed below.  Unless otherwise noted, the address of
          each is 100












                    East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  Except
          as
                    indicated, each has been an employee of T. Rowe Price
          for more
                    than five years.  In the list below, the Fund's
                    directors/trustees who are considered "interested
          persons" of T.
                    Rowe Price as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the
          Investment
                    Company Act of 1940 are noted with an asterisk (*). 
          These
                    directors/trustees are referred to as inside directors
          by virtue
                    of their officership, directorship, and/or employment
          with T.
                    Rowe Price.  

                    All Funds, except Personal Strategy Funds

                                      Independent Directors/Trustees

                    ROBERT P. BLACK, Retired; formerly President, Federal
          Reserve
                    Bank of Richmond; Address: 10 Dahlgren Road, Richmond,
          Virginia
                    23233



















                    PAGE 74
                    CALVIN W. BURNETT, PH.D., President, Coppin State
          College;
                    Director, Maryland Chamber of Commerce and Provident
          Bank of
                    Maryland; President, Baltimore Area Council Boy Scouts
          of
                    America; Vice President, Board of Directors, The
          Walters Art












                    Gallery; Address: 2500 West North Avenue, Baltimore,
          Maryland
                    21216
                    ANTHONY W. DEERING, Director, President and Chief
          Operating
                    Officer, The Rouse Company, real estate developers,
          Columbia,
                    Maryland; Advisory Director, Kleinwort, Benson (North
          America)
                    Corporation, a registered broker-dealer; Address: 10275
          Little
                    Patuxent Parkway, Columbia, Maryland 21044
                    F. PIERCE LINAWEAVER, President, F. Pierce Linaweaver &
                    Associates, Inc.; formerly (1987-1991) Executive Vice
          President,
                    EA Engineering, Science, and Technology, Inc., and
          (1987-1990)
                    President, EA Engineering, Inc., Baltimore, Maryland;
          Address: 
                    The Legg Mason Tower, 111 South Calvert Street, Suite
          2700,
                    Baltimore, Maryland 21202
                    JOHN G. SCHREIBER, President, Schreiber Investments,
          Inc., a real
                    estate investment company; Director, AMCI Residential
          Properties
                    Trust; Partner, Blackstone Real Estate Partners, L.P.;
          Director
                    and formerly (1/80-12/90) Executive Vice President, JMB
          Realty
                    Corporation, a national real estate investment manager
          and
                    developer; Address: 1115 East Illinois Road, Lake
          Forest,
                    Illinois 60045
                    ANNE MARIE WHITTEMORE, Partner, law firm of McGuire,
          Woods,
                    Battle & Boothe, Richmond, Virginia; formerly, Chairman
          (1991-
                    1993) and Director (1989-1993), Federal Reserve Bank of
          Richmond;
                    Director, Owens & Minor, Inc., USF&G Corporation, Old
          Dominion
                    University, and James River Corporation; Member,
          Richmond Bar
                    Association and American Bar Association; Address: One
          James
                    Center, 901 East Cary Street, Richmond, Virginia
          23219-4030

                    Personal Strategy Funds

                    LEO C. BAILEY, Retired; Address: 3396 South Placita
          Fabula, Green












                    Valley, Arizona 85614
                    DONALD W. DICK, JR., Principal, Overseas Partners,
          Inc., a
                    financial investment firm; Director, Waverly Press,
          Inc.,
                    Baltimore, Maryland; Address: 375 Park Avenue, Suite
          2201, New
                    York, New York 10152
                    DAVID K. FAGIN, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
          Director,
                    Golden Star Resources, Ltd.; formerly (1986-7/91)
          President,
                    Chief Operating Officer and Director, Homestake Mining
          Company;
                    Address: One Norwest Center, 1700 Lincoln Street, Suite
          1950,
                    Denver, Colorado 80203
                    ADDISON LANIER, Financial management; President and
          Director,
                    Thomas Emery's Sons, Inc., and Emery Group, Inc.;
          Director, 


















                    PAGE 75
                    Scinet Development and Holdings, Inc.; Address: 441
          Vine Street,
                    #2310, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-2913
                    JOHN K. MAJOR, Chairman of the Board and President,
          KCMA
                    Incorporated, Tulsa, Oklahoma; Address: 126 E. 26
          Place, Tulsa,
                    Oklahoma 74114-2422
                    HANNE M. MERRIMAN, Retail business consultant;
          formerly,
                    President and Chief Operating Officer, Nan Duskin,
          Inc., a
                    women's specialty store, Director and Chairman Federal
          Reserve












                    Bank of Richmond, and President and Chief Executive
          Officer,
                    Honeybee, Inc., a division of Spiegel, Inc; Director,
          Ann Taylor
                    Stores Corporation, Central Illinois Public Service
          Company,
                    CIPSCO Incorporated, The Rouse Company, State Farm
          Mutual
                    Automobile Insurance Company and USAir Group, Inc.,
          Member,
                    National Women's Forum; Trustee, American-Scandinavian
                    Foundation; Address: One James Center, 901 East Cary
          Street,
                    Richmond, Virginia 23219-4030
                    HUBERT D. VOS, President, Stonington Capital
          Corporation, a
                    private investment company; Address: 1231 State Street,
          Suite
                    210, Santa Barbara, CA 93190-0409
                    PAUL M. WYTHES, Founding General Partner, Sutter Hill
          Ventures, a
                    venture capital limited partnership providing equity
          capital to
                    young high technology companies throughout the United
          States;
                    Director, Teltone Corporation, Interventional
          Technologies Inc.,
                    and Stuart Medical, Inc.; Address: 755 Page Mill Road,
          Suite
                    A200, Palo Alto, California 94304

                                                 Officers

                    HENRY H. HOPKINS, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; Vice President and Director, T. Rowe Price
          Investment
                    Services, Inc., T. Rowe Price Services, Inc., and T.
          Rowe Price
                    Trust Company; Vice President, Rowe Price-Fleming
          International,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.
                    LENORA V. HORNUNG, Secretary--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price
                    CARMEN F. DEYESU, Treasurer--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price, T.
                    Rowe Price Services, Inc., and T. Rowe Price Trust
          Company
                    DAVID S. MIDDLETON, Controller--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price, T.
                    Rowe Price Services, Inc., and T. Rowe Price Trust
          Company
                    ROGER L. FIERY, III, Assistant Vice President--Vice
          President,












                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.
                    EDWARD T. SCHNEIDER, Assistant Vice
          President--Assistant Vice
                    President, T. Rowe Price and T. Rowe Price Services,
          Inc.
                    INGRID I. VORDEMBERGE, Assistant Vice
          President--Employee, T.
                    Rowe Price 





















                    PAGE 76
                    GNMA Fund

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, Chairman of the Board--President,
          Managing
                    Director and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe Price;
          Director,
                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T. Rowe Price
          Trust
                    Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
          Inc.;
                    Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Trustee--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company;
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    PETER VAN DYKE, President--Managing Director, T. Rowe












          Price; Vice
                    President, Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc. and
          T. Rowe
                    Price Trust Company
                    ROBERT P. CAMPBELL, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.; formerly
          (4/80-5/90)
                    Vice President and Director, Private Finance, New York
          Life
                    Insurance Company, New York, New York
                    VEENA A. KUTLER, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc. 
                    HEATHER R. LANDON, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                    JAMES M. McDONALD, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    EDMUND M. NOTZON, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and T. Rowe Price Trust Company; formerly (1972-1989)
          charter
                    member of the U.S. Senior Executive Service and
          Director,
                    Analysis and Evaluation Division in the Office of Water
                    Regulations and Standards of the U.S. Environmental
          Protection
                    Agency
                    CHARLES P. SMITH, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; Vice President, Rowe Price-Fleming
          International, Inc.











































                    PAGE 77
                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Robert P. Black,       $2,524        N/A           
          $52,667
                    Trustee

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      2,524        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Trustee

                    Anthony W. Deering,     2,524        N/A            
          66,333
                    Trustee

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   2,524        N/A            
          55,583
                    Trustee

                    John G. Schreiber,      2,524        N/A            
          55,667
                    Trustee

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  2,524        N/A            
          32,667
                    Trustee

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd












                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Trusteed

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        























                    PAGE 78
                    High Yield Fund

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, Chairman of the Board--President,
          Managing
                    Director, and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe Price;
          Director, 
                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T. Rowe Price
          Trust
                    Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
          Inc.,
                    Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *RICHARD S. SWINGLE, President and Director--Managing












          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price
                    *JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company;
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    CATHERINE B. BRAY, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    ANDREW M. BROOKS, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    MICHAEL J. CONELIUS, Vice President--Assistant Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price
                    HUBERT M. STILES, JR., Vice President--Vice President,
          T. Rowe
                    Price
                    JAY W. VAN ERT, Vice President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price
                    MARK J. VASELKIV, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    THEA N. WILLIAMS, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    JAMES M. McDONALD, Assistant Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price

                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Robert P. Black,       $3,804        N/A           
          $52,667
                    Director













                    Calvin W. Burnett,      3,804        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     3,804        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   3,804        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director


















                    PAGE 79
                    John G. Schreiber,      3,804        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  3,804        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Richard S. Swingle,         0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or












          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                    New Income Fund

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, Chairman of the Board--President,
          Managing
                    Director, and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe Price;
          Director,
                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T. Rowe Price
          Trust
                    Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
          Inc.,
                    Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *CARTER O. HOFFMAN, Vice President and
          Director--Managing
                    Director, T. Rowe Price; Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company;
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    *CHARLES P. SMITH, President and Director--Managing
          Director, T.
                    Rowe Price; Vice President, Rowe Price-Fleming
          International,
                    Inc.
                    SHAWN P. BURKE, Vice President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price;
                    formerly (1985-1990) Assistant Vice President/Corporate
          Finance,
                    Standard & Poor's Corporation; (1990-1993) Vice
          President/Senior
                    Credit Officer, Merrill Lynch & Co., New York, New York






























                    PAGE 80
                    ROBERT P. CAMPBELL, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price Fleming International, Inc.; formerly
          (4/80-5/90)
                    Vice President and Director, Private Finance, New York
          Life
                    Insurance Company, New York, New York
                    HEATHER R. LANDON, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                    JAMES M. McDONALD, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    EDMUND M. NOTZON, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and T. Rowe Price Trust Company; formerly (1972-1989)
          charter
                    member of the U.S. Senior Executive Service and
          Director,
                    Analysis and Evaluation Division in the Office of Water
                    Regulations and Standards of the U.S. Environmental
          Protection
                    Agency
                    JOAN R. POTEE, Vice President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price
                    ROBERT M. RUBINO, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    THOMAS E. TEWKSBURY, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; formerly (1/89-12/93) senior bond trader,
          Scudder, Stevens
                    & Clark, Boston, Massachusetts
                    PETER VAN DYKE, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe Price;
                    Vice President, Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.
          and T.
                    Rowe Price Trust Company

                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________












                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Robert P. Black,       $3,643        N/A           
          $52,667
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      3,643        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     3,643        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   3,643        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,      3,643        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director




















                    PAGE 81
                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  3,643        N/A            
          32,667












                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    Carter O. Hoffman,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Charles P. Smith,           0        N/A                
           0
                    Directorb

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                    Personal Strategy Balanced, Growth and Income Funds

                    M. DAVID TESTA, Chairman of the Board--Managing
          Director, T. Rowe
                    Price; Chairman of the Board, Rowe Price-Fleming
          International,
                    Inc.; Director and Vice President, T. Rowe Price Trust
          Company;
                    Chartered Financial Analyst
                    PETER VAN DYKE, President--Managing Director, T. Rowe
          Price; Vice
                    President of Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T.
          Rowe
                    Price Trust Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan
          Services,
                    Inc., Chartered Investment Counselor
                    STEPHEN W. BOESEL, Executive Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price
                    JOHN D. GILLESPIE, Executive Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price












                    EDMUND M. NOTZON, Executive Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price and T. Rowe Price Trust Company; formerly
          (1972-1989)
                    charter member of the U.S. Senior Executive Service and
          Director,
                    Analysis and Evaluation Division in the Office of Water
                    Regulations and Standards of the U.S. Environmental
          Protection
                    Agency
                    JOHN H. LAPORTE, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; Chartered Financial Analyst



















                    PAGE 82
                    JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company,
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    WILLIAM T. REYNOLDS, Vice President--Managing Director,
          T. Rowe
                    Price
                    BRIAN C. ROGERS, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe Price

                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   












          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Personal Strategy Balanced

                    Leo C. Bailey,           $477        N/A           
          $64,583
                    Director

                    Donald W. Dick, Jr.,      477        N/A            
          64,833
                    Director

                    David K. Fagin,           477        N/A            
          53,833
                    Director

                    Addison Lanier,           477        N/A            
          64,583
                    Director

                    John K. Major,            477        N/A            
          54,583
                    Director

                    Hanne M. Merriman,        477        N/A            
          42,083
                    Director

                    Hubert D. Vos,            477        N/A            
          54,583
                    Director

                    Paul M. Wythes,           477        N/A            
          54,333
                    Director

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord





























                    PAGE 83

                    M. David Testa,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    Personal Strategy Growth

                    Leo C. Bailey,           $475        N/A           
          $64,583
                    Director

                    Donald W. Dick, Jr.,      475        N/A            
          64,833
                    Director

                    David K. Fagin,           475        N/A            
          53,833
                    Director

                    Addison Lanier,           475        N/A            
          64,583
                    Director

                    John K. Major,            475        N/A            
          54,583
                    Director

                    Hanne M. Merriman,        475        N/A            
          42,083
                    Director

                    Hubert D. Vos,            475        N/A            
          54,583
                    Director

                    Paul M. Wythes,           475        N/A            
          54,333
                    Director

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                












           0
                    Directord

                    M. David Testa,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    Personal Strategy Income

                    Leo C. Bailey,           $475        N/A           
          $64,583
                    Director

                    Donald W. Dick, Jr.,      475        N/A            
          64,833
                    Director

                    David K. Fagin,           475        N/A            
          53,833
                    Director



















                    PAGE 84
                    Addison Lanier,           475        N/A            
          64,583
                    Director

                    John K. Major,            475        N/A            
          54,583
                    Director

                    Hanne M. Merriman,        475        N/A            
          42,083
                    Director

                    Hubert D. Vos,            475        N/A            
          54,583












                    Director

                    Paul M. Wythes,           475        N/A            
          54,333
                    Director

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    M. David Testa,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                    Prime Reserve Fund

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, Vice President and
          Director--President,
                    Managing Director, and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe
          Price;
                    Director, Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T.
          Rowe Price
                    Trust Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan
          Services, Inc.,
                    Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *CARTER O. HOFFMAN, Chairman of the Board--Managing
          Director, T.
                    Rowe Price; Chartered Investment Counselor
                    EDWARD A. WIESE, President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and T. Rowe Price
          Trust Company
                    ROBERT P. CAMPBELL, Executive Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price and Rowe Price-Fleming International Inc.;
          formerly
                    (4/80-5/90) Vice President and Director, Private
          Finance, New
                    York Life Insurance Company, New York, New York
                    JAMES M. MCDONALD, Executive Vice President--Vice












          President, T.
                    Rowe Price


















                    PAGE 85
                    PATRICE L. BERCHTENBREITER, Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price
                    PAUL W. BOLTZ, Vice President--Vice President and
          Financial
                    Economist of T. Rowe Price
                    MICHAEL J. CONELIUS, Vice President--Assistant Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price
                    JOAN R. POTEE, Vice President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price
                    JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company;
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    ROBERT M. RUBINO, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price

                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from












          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Robert P. Black,       $7,263        N/A           
          $52,667
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      7,263        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     7,263        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   7,263        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,      7,263        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  7,263        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Carter O. Hoffman,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd





























                    PAGE 86

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                    Short-Term Bond Fund

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, Chairman of the Board--President,
          Managing
                    Director, and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe Price;
          Director,
                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T. Rowe Price
          Trust
                    Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
          Inc.,
                    Chartered Investment Counselor 
                    *JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company;
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    EDWARD A. WIESE, President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and T. Rowe Price
          Trust Company
                    VEENA A. KUTLER, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.
                    ROBERT P. CAMPBELL, Vice President--Vice President, T.












          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.; formerly
          (4/80-5/90)
                    Vice President and Director, Private Finance, New York
          Life
                    Insurance Company, New York, New York
                    CHRISTY M. DIPIETRO, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe
                    Price and T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                    JAMES M. MCDONALD, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    ROBERT M. RUBINO, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    CHARLES P. SMITH, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; Vice President, Rowe Price-Fleming
          International, Inc.

























                    PAGE 87
                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        












          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Robert P. Black,       $2,069        N/A           
          $52,667
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      2,069        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     2,069        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   2,069        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,      2,069        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  2,069        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                       Short-Term U.S. Government Fund    

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, Chairman of the Board--President,












          Managing
                    Director, and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe Price;
          Director,
                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T. Rowe Price
          Trust 


















                    PAGE 88
                    Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
          Inc.,
                    Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *PETER VAN DYKE, President and Director--Managing
          Director, T.
                    Rowe Price; Vice President of Rowe Price-Fleming
          International,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                    *JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc., and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company;
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    HEATHER R. LANDON, Executive Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price and T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                    VEENA A. KUTLER, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.
                    JAMES M. MCDONALD, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    EDMUND M. NOTZON, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price












                    and T. Rowe Price Trust Company; formerly, (1972-1989)
          charter
                    member of the U.S. Senior Executive Services and
          Director,
                    Analysis and Evaluation Division in the Office of Water
                    Regulations and Standards of the U.S. Environmental
          Protection
                    Agency
                    CHARLES P. SMITH, Vice President--Managing Director, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; Vice President, Rowe Price-Fleming
          International, Inc.
                    GWENDOLYN G. WAGNER, Vice President--Assistant Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price
                    DONNA M. ENNIS-DAVIS, Assistant Vice
          President--Employee, T. Rowe
                    Price

                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    Robert P. Black,       $1,376        N/A           
          $52,667
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      1,376        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     1,376        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director






























                    PAGE 89
                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   1,376        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,      1,376        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  1,376        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Chairman of the Boardd

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Peter Van Dyke,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration
          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate, Long-Term and Money Funds

                    *GEORGE J. COLLINS, President and Director--President,
          Managing
                    Director, and Chief Executive Officer, T. Rowe Price;












          Director,
                    Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc., T. Rowe Price
          Trust
                    Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services,
          Inc.,
                    Chartered Investment Counselor
                    *JAMES S. RIEPE, Vice President and Director--Managing
          Director,
                    T. Rowe Price; Chairman of the Board, T. Rowe Price
          Services,
                    Inc. and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.;
          President
                    and Director, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc;
          President
                    and Trust Officer, T. Rowe Price Trust Company,
          Director, Rowe
                    Price-Fleming International, Inc. and Rhone-Poulenc
          Rorer, Inc.
                    *CHARLES P. SMITH, Executive Vice President and
          Director--
                    Managing Director, T. Rowe Price; Vice President, Rowe
          Price-
                    Fleming International, Inc.
                    *PETER VAN DYKE, Executive Vice President and
          Director--Managing
                    Director, T. Rowe Price; Vice President, Rowe
          Price-Fleming
                    International, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Trust Company



















                    PAGE 90
                    EDWARD A. WIESE, Executive Vice President--Vice
          President, T.
                    Rowe Price, Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc. and
          T. Rowe
                    Price Trust Company
                    PAUL W. BOLTZ, Vice President--Vice President and












          Financial
                    Economist of T. Rowe Price
                    ROBERT P. CAMPBELL, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International Inc.; formerly
          (4/80-5/90)
                    Vice President and Director, Private Finance, New York
          Life
                    Insurance Company, New York, New York
                    VEENA A. KUTLER, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc.
                    HEATHER R. LANDON, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    and T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                    JAMES M. McDONALD, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe Price
                    JOAN R. POTEE, Vice President--Vice President, T. Rowe
          Price
                    THOMAS E. TEWKSBURY, Vice President--Vice President, T.
          Rowe
                    Price; formerly (1/89-12/93) senior bond trader,
          Scudder, Stevens
                    & Clark, Boston, Massachusetts

                                            COMPENSATION TABLE

                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                                                     Pension or   Total
          Compensation
                                         Aggregate   Retirement      from
          Fund and
                     Name of           Compensation   Benefits        Fund
          Group
                     Person,             from Fund   Accrued as        
          Paid to
                    Position             Expensesa  Part of Fundb
          Directors/Trusteesc
                   
          _________________________________________________________________
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate

                    Leo C. Bailey,         $1,181        N/A           
          $64,583
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      1,181        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     1,181        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director












                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   1,181        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,      1,181        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  1,181        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director


















                    PAGE 91

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Charles P. Smith,           0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Peter Van Dyke,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term

                    Leo C. Bailey,           $976        N/A           
          $64,583
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,        976        N/A            












          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,       976        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,     976        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,        976        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,    976        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Charles P. Smith,           0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Peter Van Dyke,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord
































                    PAGE 92
                    U.S. Treasury Money

                    Leo C. Bailey,         $1,967        N/A           
          $64,583
                    Director

                    Calvin W. Burnett,      1,967        N/A            
          55,583
                    PH.D, Director

                    Anthony W. Deering,     1,967        N/A            
          66,333
                    Director

                    F. Pierce Linaweaver,   1,967        N/A            
          55,583
                    Director

                    John G. Schreiber,      1,967        N/A            
          55,667
                    Director

                    Anne Marie Whittemore,  1,967        N/A            
          32,667
                    Director

                    George J. Collins,          0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    James S. Riepe,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Charles P. Smith,           0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    Peter Van Dyke,             0        N/A                
           0
                    Directord

                    a   Amounts in this Column are for the period June 1,
          1993
                        through May 31, 1994.
                    b   Not applicable.  The Fund does not pay pension or
          retirement
                        benefits to officers or directors/trustees of the
          Fund.
                    c   Amounts in this column are for calendar year 1994.
                    d   Any director/trustee of the Fund who is an officer
          or
                        employee of T. Rowe Price receives no renumeration












          from the
                        Fund.
                        
                         Each Fund's Executive Committee, consisting of the
          Fund's
                    interested directors/trustees, has been authorized by
          its
                    respective Board of Directors/Trustees to exercise all
          powers of
                    the Board to manage the Fund in the intervals between
          meetings of
                    the Board, except the powers prohibited by statute from
          being
                    delegated.


















                    PAGE 93
                                     PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

                         As of the date of the prospectus, the officers and
          directors
                    of the Fund, as a group, owned less than 1% of the
          outstanding
                    shares of the Fund.

                         As of May 31, 1994, Yachtcrew & Co., FBO Spectrum
          Income
                    Account, State Street Bank and Trust Co., 1776 Heritage
          Drive-4W,
                    North Quincy, MA 02171-2010 beneficially owned more
          than 5% of
                    the outstanding shares of the GNMA, High Yield, New
          Income and
                    Short-Term Bond Funds; FTC & Co., #002, P. O. Box 5508,
          Attn:
                    Datalynx, Denver, CO 80217-5508 and T. Rowe Price Trust
          Company,
                    Assoc. in Surgery PAPP (UMSA), Attn: Installation Team












          for
                    Conversion Plan #800302, P. O. Box 17215, Baltimore, MD
          21203-
                    7999 beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding
          shares of
                    the U.S. Treasury Intermediate Fund; and T. Rowe Price
          Trust Co.
                    Inc., Attn: Installation Team for Conversion Assets,
          New England
                    Electric Plan, 25 Research Drive, Westborough, MA 01582
                    beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding
          shares of the
                    U.S. Treasury Money Fund.


                                      INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES

                    Services

                         Under the Management Agreement, T. Rowe Price
          provides the
                    Fund with discretionary investment services. 
          Specifically, T.
                    Rowe Price is responsible for supervising and directing
          the
                    investments of the Fund in accordance with the Fund's
          investment
                    objectives, program, and restrictions as provided in
          its
                    prospectus and this Statement of Additional
          Information.  T. Rowe
                    Price is also responsible for effecting all security
          transactions
                    on behalf of the Fund, including the negotiation of
          commissions
                    and the allocation of principal business and portfolio
          brokerage. 
                    In addition to these services, T. Rowe Price provides
          the Fund
                    with certain corporate administrative services,
          including:
                    maintaining the Fund's corporate existence and
          corporate records;
                    registering and qualifying Fund shares under federal
          and state
                    laws; monitoring the financial, accounting, and
          administrative
                    functions of the Fund; maintaining liaison with the
          agents
                    employed by the Fund such as the Fund's custodian and
          transfer
                    agent; assisting the Fund in the coordination of such
          agents'
                    activities; and permitting T. Rowe Price's employees to












          serve as
                    officers, directors, and committee members of the Fund
          without
                    cost to the Fund.



















                    PAGE 94
                         The Management Agreement also provides that T.
          Rowe Price,
                    its directors, officers, employees, and certain other
          persons
                    performing specific functions for the Fund will only be
          liable to
                    the Fund for losses resulting from willful misfeasance,
          bad
                    faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of duty.

                    Management Fee

                         The Fund pays T. Rowe Price a fee ("Fee") which
          consists of
                    two components:  a Group Management Fee ("Group Fee")
          and an
                    Individual Fund Fee ("Fund Fee").  The Fee is paid
          monthly to T.
                    Rowe Price on the first business day of the next
          succeeding
                    calendar month and is calculated as described below.

                         The monthly Group Fee ("Monthly Group Fee") is the
          sum of
                    the daily Group Fee accruals ("Daily Group Fee
          Accruals") for
                    each month.  The Daily Group Fee Accrual for any
          particular day
                    is computed by multiplying the Price Funds' group fee
          accrual as












                    determined below ("Daily Price Funds' Group Fee
          Accrual") by the
                    ratio of the Fund's net assets for that day to the sum
          of the
                    aggregate net assets of the Price Funds for that day. 
          The Daily
                    Price Funds' Group Fee Accrual for any particular day
          is
                    calculated by multiplying the fraction of one (1) over
          the number
                    of calendar days in the year by the annualized Daily
          Price Funds'
                    Group Fee Accrual for that day as determined in
          accordance with
                    the following schedule:

                                               Price Funds'
                                          Annual Group Base Fee
                                      Rate for Each Level of Assets

                                        0.480%      First $1 billion
                                        0.450%      Next $1 billion
                                        0.420%      Next $1 billion
                                        0.390%      Next $1 billion
                                        0.370%      Next $1 billion
                                        0.360%      Next $2 billion
                                        0.350%      Next $2 billion
                                        0.340%      Next $5 billion
                                        0.330%      Next $10 billion
                                        0.320%      Next $10 billion
                                        0.310%      Thereafter

                        For the purpose of calculating the Group Fee, the
          Price
                    Funds include all the mutual funds distributed by T.
          Rowe Price
                    Investment Services, Inc., (excluding T. Rowe Price
          Spectrum 






























                    PAGE 95
                    Fund, Inc. and any institutional or private label
          mutual funds). 
                    For the purpose of calculating the Daily Price Funds'
          Group Fee
                    Accrual for any particular day, the net assets of each
          Price Fund
                    are determined in accordance with the Fund's prospectus
          as of the
                    close of business on the previous business day on which
          the Fund
                    was open for business.

                        The monthly Fund Fee ("Monthly Fund Fee") is the
          sum of the
                    daily Fund Fee accruals ("Daily Fund Fee Accruals") for
          each
                    month.  The Daily Fund Fee Accrual for any particular
          day is
                    computed by multiplying the fraction of one (1) over
          the number
                    of calendar days in the year by the individual Fund Fee
          Rate and
                    multiplying this product by the net assets of the Fund
          for that
                    day, as determined in accordance with the Fund's
          prospectus as of
                    the close of business on the previous business day on
          which the
                    Fund was open for business.  The individual fund fees
          for each
                    Fund are listed in the chart below:

                                                       Individual Fund Fees
                       
                    GNMA Fund                                  0.15%
                    High Yield Fund                            0.30%
                    New Income Fund                            0.30%
                    Personal Strategy Growth Fund              0.30%
                    Personal Strategy Balanced Fund            0.25%
                    Personal Strategy Income Fund              0.15%
                    Prime Reserve Fund                         0.05%
                    Short-Term Bond Fund                       0.10%
                    Short-Term U.S. Government Fund            0.10%
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate Fund            0.05%
                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term Fund               0.05%
                    U.S. Treasury Money Fund                   0.00%
                        
                        The following chart sets forth the total management
          fees, if
                    any, paid to T. Rowe Price by each Fund, for the
          three-month












                    fiscal year ended May 31, 1994 and for the fiscal years
          ended
                    February 28, 1994, February 28, 1993 and February 29,
          1992:




























                    PAGE 96
                       
                      Fund               1994*        1994       1993       
          1992

                    GNMA              $1,034,000 $ 4,626,000 $ 4,102,000$
          3,069,000
                    High Yield         2,197,000  10,554,000   8,014,000 
          5,701,000
                    New Income         1,748,000   7,750,000   7,113,000 
          6,348,000
                    Prime Reserve      3,601,000  13,617,000  15,620,000
          18,486,000
                    Short-Term Bond      708,000   2,873,000   2,136,000 
          1,398,000
                    Short-Term U.S.
                     Government          100,000     526,000     627,000    
           **   
                    U.S. Treasury        173,000     755,000     571,000   
          309,000
                     Intermediate
                    U.S. Treasury         26,000     180,000     125,000    












           4,000
                     Long-Term
                    U.S. Treasury        569,000   2,084,000     165,000 
          2,140,000
                     Money    

                    *  For the three-month fiscal year ended May 31, 1994.
                    ** Due to the Fund's expense limitation in effect at
          that time,
                       no management fee was paid by the Fund to T. Rowe
          Price.

                    Limitation on Fund Expenses

                       The Management Agreement between the Fund and T.
          Rowe Price
                    provides that the Fund will bear all expenses of its
          operations
                    not specifically assumed by T. Rowe Price.  However, in
                    compliance with certain state regulations, T. Rowe
          Price will
                    reimburse the Fund for certain expenses which in any
          year exceed
                    the limits prescribed by any state in which the Fund's
          shares are
                    qualified for sale.  Presently, the most restrictive
          expense
                    ratio limitation imposed by any state is 2.5% of the
          first $30
                    million of the Fund's average daily net assets, 2% of
          the next
                    $70 million of the Fund's assets, and 1.5% of net
          assets in
                    excess of $100 million.  Reimbursement by the Fund to
          T. Rowe
                    Price of any expenses paid or assumed under a state
          expense
                    limitation may not be made more than two years after
          the end of
                    the fiscal year in which the expenses were paid or
          assumed.

                       The following chart sets forth expense ratio
          limitations and
                    the periods for which they are effective.  For each, T.
          Rowe
                    Price has agreed to bear any Fund expenses which would
          cause the
                    Fund's ratio of expenses to average net assets to
          exceed the
                    indicated percentage limitations.  The expenses borne
          by T. Rowe
                    Price are subject to reimbursement by the Fund through
          the












                    indicated reimbursement date, provided no reimbursement
          will be
                    made if it would result in the Fund's expense ratio
          exceeding its
                    applicable limitation.


















                    PAGE 97
                                                       Expense
                                      Limitation       Ratio       
          Reimbursement
                     Fund               Period         Limitation      
          Date     
                       
                    Personal Strategy July 1, 1994-      0.95%     May 31,
          1998
                      Income Fund     May 31, 1996
                    Personal Strategy July 1, 1994-      1.05%     May 31,
          1998
                      Balanced Fund   May 31, 1996
                    Personal Strategy July 1, 1994-      1.10%     May 31,
          1998
                      Growth Fund     May 31, 1996
                    Short-Term U.S.
                     Government+      January 1, 1994-   0.70%     May 31,
          1998
                                      May 31, 1996
                    U.S. Treasury     March 1, 1993-     0.80%     February
          28, 1997
                    Intermediate++    February 28, 1995
                    U.S. Treasury     March 1, 1993-     0.80%     February
          28, 1997
                    Long-Term++       February 28, 1995

                     + The Short-Term U.S. Government Fund previously
          operated under
                       a 0.40% limitation that expired December 31, 1993. 
          The












                       reimbursement period for this limitation extends
          through June
                       30, 1995.    
                    ++ The Intermediate and Long-Term Funds' operated under
          a 0.80%
                       limitation that expired February 29, 1993.  The
          reimbursement
                       period for this limitation extends through February
          28, 1995.

                    Each of the above-referenced Fund's Management
          Agreement also
                    provides that one or more additional expense limitation
          periods
                    (of the same or different time periods) may be
          implemented after
                    the expiration of the current expense limitation, and
          that with
                    respect to any such additional limitation period, the
          Fund may
                    reimburse T. Rowe Price, provided the reimbursement
          does not
                    result in the Fund's aggregate expenses exceeding the
          additional
                    expense limitation.

                                           Pursuant to the Short-Term U.S.
          Government
                    Fund's current expense limitation, $130,000 and
          $938,000 of
                    management fees were not accrued by the Fund for the
          three-month
                    fiscal year ended May 31, 1994 and for the fiscal year
          ended
                    February 28, 1994, respectively.    

                       Pursuant to the Intermediate Fund's current expense
                    limitation, $77,000 of unaccrued 1993 fees for the
          Fund,
                    representing the entire unaccrued balance, were
          reimbursed to T.
                    Rowe Price during the fiscal year ended February 28,
          1994.































                    PAGE 98
                       Pursuant to the Long-Term Fund's current expense
          limitation,
                    $28,000 and $61,000 of management fees were not accrued
          by the
                    Fund for the three-month fiscal year ended May 31, 1994
          and for
                    the fiscal year ended February 28, 1994, respectively. 
                    Additionally, $303,000 of unaccrued fees from the prior
          period
                    for the Fund was subject to reimbursement through
          February 28,
                    1995.

                    GNMA, High Yield, New Income, Prime Reserve and
          Short-Term Bond
                    Funds

                    T. Rowe Price Spectrum Fund, Inc.

                       The Fund is a party to a Special Servicing Agreement
                    ("Agreement") between and among T. Rowe Price Spectrum
          Fund, Inc.
                    ("Spectrum Fund"), T. Rowe Price, T. Rowe Price
          Services, Inc.
                    and various other T. Rowe Price funds which, along with
          the Fund,
                    are funds in which Spectrum Fund invests (collectively
          all such
                    funds "Underlying Price Funds").

                       The Agreement provides that, if the Board of
                    Directors/Trustees of any Underlying Price Fund
          determines that
                    such Underlying Fund's share of the aggregate expenses
          of
                    Spectrum Fund is less than the estimated savings to the
                    Underlying Price Fund from the operation of Spectrum
          Fund, the
                    Underlying Price Fund will bear those expenses in
          proportion to
                    the average daily value of its shares owned by Spectrum
          Fund,
                    provided further that no Underlying Price Fund will
          bear such
                    expenses in excess of the estimated savings to it. 












          Such savings
                    are expected to result primarily from the elimination
          of numerous
                    separate shareholder accounts which are or would have
          been
                    invested directly in the Underlying Price Funds and the
          resulting
                    reduction in shareholder servicing costs.  Although
          such cost
                    savings are not certain, the estimated savings to the
          Underlying
                    Price Funds generated by the operation of Spectrum Fund
          are
                    expected to be sufficient to offset most, if not all,
          of the
                    expenses incurred by Spectrum Fund.

                    All Funds

                                           DISTRIBUTOR FOR FUND

                       T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. ("Investment
                    Services"), a Maryland corporation formed in 1980 as a
          wholly-
                    owned subsidiary of T. Rowe Price, serves as the Fund's
                    distributor.  Investment Services is registered as a
          broker-
                    dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is
          a member 


















                    PAGE 99
                    of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
          The
                    offering of the Fund's shares is continuous.

                       Investment Services is located at the same address
          as the












                    Fund and T. Rowe Price -- 100 East Pratt Street,
          Baltimore,
                    Maryland 21202.

                       Investment Services serves as distributor to the
          Fund
                    pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement ("Underwriting
          Agreement"),
                    which provides that the Fund will pay all fees and
          expenses in
                    connection with: registering and qualifying its shares
          under the
                    various state "blue sky" laws; preparing, setting in
          type,
                    printing, and mailing its prospectuses and reports to
                    shareholders; and issuing its shares, including
          expenses of
                    confirming purchase orders.

                       The Underwriting Agreement provides that Investment
          Services
                    will pay all fees and expenses in connection with:
          printing and
                    distributing prospectuses and reports for use in
          offering and
                    selling Fund shares; preparing, setting in type,
          printing, and
                    mailing all sales literature and advertising;
          Investment
                    Services' federal and state registrations as a
          broker-dealer; and
                    offering and selling Fund shares, except for those fees
          and
                    expenses specifically assumed by the Fund.  Investment
          Services'
                    expenses are paid by T. Rowe Price.

                       Investment Services acts as the agent of the Fund in
                    connection with the sale of its shares in all states in
          which the
                    shares are qualified and in which Investment Services
          is
                    qualified as a broker-dealer.  Under the Underwriting
          Agreement,
                    Investment Services accepts orders for Fund shares at
          net asset
                    value.  No sales charges are paid by investors or the
          Fund.


                                                CUSTODIAN

                       State Street Bank and Trust Company is the custodian
          for the












                    Fund's domestic securities and cash, but it does not
          participate
                    in the Fund's investment decisions.  Portfolio
          securities
                    purchased in the U.S. are maintained in the custody of
          the Bank
                    and may be entered into the Federal Reserve Book Entry
          System, or
                    the security depository system of the Depository Trust
                    Corporation.  The Fund (other than the GNMA, Prime
          Reserve and
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate, Long-Term and Money Funds)
          has
                    entered into a Custodian Agreement with The Chase
          Manhattan Bank,
                    N.A., London, pursuant to which portfolio securities
          which are 



















                    PAGE 100
                    purchased outside the United States are maintained in
          the custody
                    of various foreign branches of The Chase Manhattan Bank
          and such
                    other custodians, including foreign banks and foreign
          securities
                    depositories as are approved by the Fund's Board of
                    Directors/Trustees in accordance with regulations under
          the
                    Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Bank's main office
          is at 225
                    Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  The
          address for
                    The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., London is Woolgate
          House, Coleman
                    Street, London, EC2P 2HD, England.













                                              CODE OF ETHICS

                       The Funds' investment adviser (T. Rowe Price) has a
          written
                    Code of Ethics which requires all employees to obtain
          prior
                    clearance before engaging in any personal securities
                    transactions.  In addition, all employees must report
          their
                    personal securities transactions within ten days of
          their
                    execution.  Employees will not be permitted to effect
                    transactions in a security: If there are pending client
          orders in
                    the security; the security has been purchased or sold
          by a client
                    within seven calendar days; the security is being
          considered for
                    purchase for a client; a change has occurred in T. Rowe
          Price's
                    rating of the security within five days; or the
          security is
                    subject to internal trading restrictions.  Any material
          violation
                    of the Code of Ethics is reported to the Board of the
          Fund.  The
                    Board also reviews the administration of the Code of
          Ethics on an
                    annual basis.


                                          PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

                    Investment or Brokerage Discretion

                       Decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of
          portfolio
                    securities on behalf of the Fund are made by T. Rowe
          Price.  T.
                    Rowe Price is also responsible for implementing these
          decisions,
                    including the negotiation of commissions and the
          allocation of
                    portfolio brokerage and principal business.  The Fund's
          purchases
                    and sales of fixed-income portfolio securities are
          normally done
                    on a principal basis and do not involve the payment of
          a
                    commission although they may involve the designation of
          selling
                    concessions.  That part of the discussion below
          relating solely
                    to brokerage commissions would not normally apply to












          the Fund
                    (except to the extent it purchases equity securities
          (High Yield,
                    New Income, and Personal Strategy Funds only)). 
          However, it is
                    included because T. Rowe Price does manage a
          significant number 


















                    PAGE 101
                    of common stock portfolios which do engage in agency
          transactions
                    and pay commissions and because some research and
          services
                    resulting from the payment of such commissions may
          benefit the
                    Fund.

                    How Brokers and Dealers are Selected

                       Equity Securities

                       In purchasing and selling the Fund's portfolio
          securities, it
                    is T. Rowe Price's policy to obtain quality execution
          at the most
                    favorable prices through responsible brokers and
          dealers and, in
                    the case of agency transactions, at competitive
          commission rates.
                    However, under certain conditions, the Fund may pay
          higher
                    brokerage commissions in return for brokerage and
          research
                    services.  As a general practice, over-the-counter
          orders are
                    executed with market-makers.  In selecting among
          market-makers,












                    T. Rowe Price generally seeks to select those it
          believes to be
                    actively and effectively trading the security being
          purchased or 
                    sold.  In selecting broker-dealers to execute the
          Fund's
                    portfolio transactions, consideration is given to such
          factors as
                    the price of the security, the rate of the commission,
          the size
                    and difficulty of the order, the reliability,
          integrity,
                    financial condition, general execution and operational
                    capabilities of competing brokers and dealers, and
          brokerage and
                    research services provided by them.  It is not the
          policy of T.
                    Rowe Price to seek the lowest available commission rate
          where it
                    is believed that a broker or dealer charging a higher
          commission
                    rate would offer greater reliability or provide better
          price or
                    execution.

                       Fixed Income Securities

                       Fixed income securities are generally purchased from
          the
                    issuer or a primary market-maker acting as principal
          for the
                    securities on a net basis, with no brokerage commission
          being
                    paid by the client although the price usually includes
          an
                    undisclosed compensation.  Transactions placed through
          dealers
                    serving as primary market-makers reflect the spread
          between the
                    bid and asked prices.  Securities may also be purchased
          from
                    underwriters at prices which include underwriting fees.

                       With respect to equity and fixed income securities,
          T. Rowe
                    Price may effect principal transactions on behalf of
          the Fund
                    with a broker or dealer who furnishes brokerage and/or
          research
                    services, designate any such broker or dealer to
          receive selling
                    concessions, discounts or other allowances, or
          otherwise deal 





























                    PAGE 102
                    with any such broker or dealer in connection with the
          acquisition
                    of securities in underwritings.  T. Rowe Price may
          receive
                    research services in connection with brokerage
          transactions,
                    including designations in fixed price offerings.

                    How Evaluations are Made of the Overall Reasonableness
          of
                    Brokerage Commissions Paid

                       On a continuing basis, T. Rowe Price seeks to
          determine what
                    levels of commission rates are reasonable in the
          marketplace for
                    transactions executed on behalf of the Fund.  In
          evaluating the
                    reasonableness of commission rates, T. Rowe Price
          considers: (a)
                    historical commission rates, both before and since
          rates have
                    been fully negotiable; (b) rates which other
          institutional
                    investors are paying, based on available public
          information; (c)
                    rates quoted by brokers and dealers; (d) the size of a
          particular
                    transaction, in terms of the number of shares, dollar
          amount, and
                    number of clients involved; (e) the complexity of a
          particular
                    transaction in terms of both execution and settlement;
          (f) the
                    level and type of business done with a particular firm
          over a
                    period of time; and (g) the extent to which the broker












          or dealer
                    has capital at risk in the transaction.

                    Description of Research Services Received from Brokers
          and
                    Dealers

                       T. Rowe Price receives a wide range of research
          services from
                    brokers and dealers.  These services include
          information on the
                    economy, industries, groups of securities, individual
          companies,
                    statistical information, accounting and tax law
          interpretations,
                    political developments, legal developments affecting
          portfolio
                    securities, technical market action, pricing and
          appraisal
                    services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis,
          performance
                    analysis and analysis of corporate responsibility
          issues.  These
                    services provide both domestic and international
          perspective. 
                    Research services are received primarily in the form of
          written
                    reports, computer generated services, telephone
          contacts and
                    personal meetings with security analysts.  In addition,
          such
                    services may be provided in the form of meetings
          arranged with
                    corporate and industry spokespersons, economists,
          academicians
                    and government representatives.  In some cases,
          research services
                    are generated by third parties but are provided to T.
          Rowe Price
                    by or through broker-dealers.

                       Research services received from brokers and dealers
          are
                    supplemental to T. Rowe Price's own research effort
          and, when
                    utilized, are subject to internal analysis before being






























                    PAGE 103
                    incorporated by T. Rowe Price into its investment
          process.  As a
                    practical matter, it would not be possible for T. Rowe
          Price's
                    Equity Research Division to generate all of the
          information
                    presently provided by brokers and dealers.  T. Rowe
          Price pays
                    cash for certain research services received from
          external
                    sources.  T. Rowe Price also allocates brokerage for
          research
                    services which are available for cash.  While receipt
          of research
                    services from brokerage firms has not reduced T. Rowe
          Price's
                    normal research activities, the expenses of T. Rowe
          Price could
                    be materially increased if it attempted to generate
          such
                    additional information through its own staff.  To the
          extent that
                    research services of value are provided by brokers or
          dealers, T.
                    Rowe Price may be relieved of expenses which it might
          otherwise
                    bear. 

                       T. Rowe Price has a policy of not allocating
          brokerage
                    business in return for products or services other than
          brokerage
                    or research services.  In accordance with the
          provisions of
                    Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
          T. Rowe
                    Price may from time to time receive services and
          products which
                    serve both research and non-research functions.  In
          such event,
                    T. Rowe Price makes a good faith determination of the
          anticipated
                    research and non-research use of the product or service












          and
                    allocates brokerage only with respect to the research
          component.

                    Commissions to Brokers who Furnish Research Services

                       Certain brokers and dealers who provide quality
          brokerage and
                    execution services also furnish research services to T.
          Rowe
                    Price.  With regard to the payment of brokerage
          commissions, T.
                    Rowe Price has adopted a brokerage allocation policy
          embodying
                    the concepts of Section 28(e) of the Securities
          Exchange Act of
                    1934, which permits an investment adviser to cause an
          account to
                    pay commission rates in excess of those another broker
          or dealer
                    would have charged for effecting the same transaction,
          if the
                    adviser determines in good faith that the commission
          paid is
                    reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage
          and research
                    services provided.  The determination may be viewed in
          terms of
                    either the particular transaction involved or the
          overall
                    responsibilities of the adviser with respect to the
          accounts over
                    which it exercises investment discretion.  Accordingly,
          while T.
                    Rowe Price cannot readily determine the extent to which
                    commission rates or net prices charged by
          broker-dealers reflect
                    the value of their research services, T. Rowe Price
          would expect
                    to assess the reasonableness of commissions in light of
          the total
                    brokerage and research services provided by each
          particular
                    broker.  T. Rowe Price may receive research, as defined
          in 





























                    PAGE 104
                    Section 28(e), in connection with selling concessions
          and
                    designations in fixed price offerings in which the
          Funds
                    participate.

                    Internal Allocation Procedures

                       T. Rowe Price has a policy of not precommitting a
          specific
                    amount of business to any broker or dealer over any
          specific time
                    period.  Historically, the majority of brokerage
          placement has
                    been determined by the needs of a specific transaction
          such as
                    market-making, availability of a buyer or seller of a
          particular
                    security, or specialized execution skills.  However, T.
          Rowe
                    Price does have an internal brokerage allocation
          procedure for
                    that portion of its discretionary client brokerage
          business where
                    special needs do not exist, or where the business may
          be
                    allocated among several brokers or dealers which are
          able to meet
                    the needs of the transaction.

                       Each year, T. Rowe Price assesses the contribution
          of the
                    brokerage and research services provided by brokers or
          dealers,
                    and attempts to allocate a portion of its brokerage
          business in
                    response to these assessments.  Research analysts,
          counselors,
                    various investment committees, and the Trading
          Department each
                    seek to evaluate the brokerage and research services
          they receive
                    from brokers or dealers and make judgments as to the
          level of
                    business which would recognize such services.  In












          addition,
                    brokers or dealers sometimes suggest a level of
          business they
                    would like to receive in return for the various
          brokerage and
                    research services they provide.  Actual brokerage
          received by any
                    firm may be less than the suggested allocations but
          can, and
                    often does, exceed the suggestions, because the total
          business is
                    allocated on the basis of all the considerations
          described above. 
                    In no case is a broker or dealer excluded from
          receiving business
                    from T. Rowe Price because it has not been identified
          as
                    providing research services.

                    Miscellaneous

                       T. Rowe Price's brokerage allocation policy is
          consistently
                    applied to all its fully discretionary accounts, which
          represent
                    a substantial majority of all assets under management. 
          Research
                    services furnished by brokers or dealers through which
          T. Rowe
                    Price effects securities transactions may be used in
          servicing
                    all accounts (including non-Fund accounts) managed by
          T. Rowe
                    Price.  Conversely, research services received from
          brokers or
                    dealers which execute transactions for the Fund are not































                    PAGE 105
                    necessarily used by T. Rowe Price exclusively in
          connection with
                    the management of the Fund.

                       From time to time, orders for clients may be placed
          through a
                    computerized transaction network.

                       The Fund does not allocate business to any
          broker-dealer on
                    the basis of its sales of the Fund's shares.  However,
          this does
                    not mean that broker-dealers who purchase Fund shares
          for their
                    clients will not receive business from the Fund.

                       Some of T. Rowe Price's other clients have
          investment
                    objectives and programs similar to those of the Fund. 
          T. Rowe
                    Price may occasionally make recommendations to other
          clients
                    which result in their purchasing or selling securities
                    simultaneously with the Fund.  As a result, the demand
          for
                    securities being purchased or the supply of securities
          being sold
                    may increase, and this could have an adverse effect on
          the price
                    of those securities.  It is T. Rowe Price's policy not
          to favor
                    one client over another in making recommendations or in
          placing
                    orders.  T. Rowe Price frequently follows the practice
          of
                    grouping orders of various clients for execution which
          generally
                    results in lower commission rates being attained.  In
          certain
                    cases, where the aggregate order is executed in a
          series of
                    transactions at various prices on a given day, each
          participating
                    client's proportionate share of such order reflects the
          average
                    price paid or received with respect to the total order. 
          T. Rowe
                    Price has established a general investment policy that
          it will
                    ordinarily not make additional purchases of a common
          stock of a
                    company for its clients (including the T. Rowe Price












          Funds) if,
                    as a result of such purchases, 10% or more of the
          outstanding
                    common stock of such company would be held by its
          clients in the
                    aggregate.

                       To the extent possible, T. Rowe Price intends to
          recapture
                    solicitation fees paid in connection with tender offers
          through
                    T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., the Fund's
          distributor. 
                    At the present time, T. Rowe Price does not recapture
          commissions
                    or underwriting discounts or selling group concessions
          in
                    connection with taxable securities acquired in
          underwritten
                    offerings.  T. Rowe Price does, however, attempt to
          negotiate
                    elimination of all or a portion of the selling-group
          concession
                    or underwriting discount when purchasing tax-exempt
          municipal
                    securities on behalf of its clients in underwritten
          offerings.

                       High Yield, New Income, Personal Strategy,
          Short-Term Bond,
                    and Short-Term U.S. Government Funds    


















                    PAGE 106

                    Transactions with Related Brokers and Dealers

                       As provided in the Investment Management Agreement












          between
                    the Fund and T. Rowe Price, T. Rowe Price is
          responsible not only
                    for making decisions with respect to the purchase and
          sale of the
                    Fund's portfolio securities, but also for implementing
          these
                    decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and
          the
                    allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal
          business.  It is
                    expected that T. Rowe Price may place orders for the
          Fund's
                    portfolio transactions with broker-dealers through the
          same
                    trading desk T. Rowe Price uses for portfolio
          transactions in
                    domestic securities.  The trading desk accesses brokers
          and
                    dealers in various markets in which the Fund's foreign
          securities
                    are located.  These brokers and dealers may include
          certain
                    affiliates of Robert Fleming Holdings Limited ("Robert
          Fleming
                    Holdings") and Jardine Fleming Group Limited ("JFG"),
          persons
                    indirectly related to T. Rowe Price.  Robert Fleming
          Holdings,
                    through Copthall Overseas Limited, a wholly-owned
          subsidiary,
                    owns 25% of the common stock of Rowe Price-Fleming
          International,
                    Inc. ("RPFI"), an investment adviser registered under
          the
                    Investment Advisers Act of 1940.  Fifty percent of the
          common
                    stock of RPFI is owned by TRP Finance, Inc., a
          wholly-owned
                    subsidiary of T. Rowe Price, and the remaining 25% is
          owned by
                    Jardine Fleming Holdings Limited, a subsidiary of JFG. 
          JFG is
                    50% owned by Robert Fleming Holdings and 50% owned by
          Jardine
                    Matheson Holdings Limited.  Orders for the Fund's
          portfolio
                    transactions placed with affiliates of Robert Fleming
          Holdings
                    and JFG will result in commissions being received by
          such
                    affiliates.

                       The Board of Directors/Trustees of the Fund has












          authorized T.
                    Rowe Price to utilize certain affiliates of Robert
          Fleming and
                    JFG in the capacity of broker in connection with the
          execution of
                    the Fund's portfolio transactions.  These affiliates
          include, but
                    are not limited to, Jardine Fleming Securities Limited
          ("JFS"), a
                    wholly-owned subsidiary of JFG, Robert Fleming & Co.
          Limited
                    ("RF&Co."), Jardine Fleming Australia Securities
          Limited, and
                    Robert Fleming, Inc. (a New York brokerage firm). 
          Other
                    affiliates of Robert Fleming Holding and JFG also may
          be used. 
                    Although it does not believe that the Fund's use of
          these brokers
                    would be subject to Section 17(e) of the Investment
          Company Act
                    of 1940, the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Fund
          has agreed
                    that the procedures set forth in Rule 17e-1 under that
          Act will
                    be followed when using such brokers.




















                    PAGE 107
                    Other

                       The Funds engaged in portfolio transactions
          involving broker-
                    dealers in the following amounts for the three-month
          fiscal year
                    ended May 31, 1994:












                         Fund                             1994
                         _____                            ____

                       GNMA                          $  620,027,000
                    High Yield                        4,476,795,000
                    New Income                        1,649,029,000
                    Prime Reserve                     5,945,733,000
                    Short-Term Bond                   1,149,888,000
                    Short-Term U.S. Government           63,449,000
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate           35,433,000
                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term              85,972,000
                    U.S. Treasury Money                  10,087,000
                        
                       For the fiscal years ended February 28, 1994,
          February 28,
                    1993 and February 29, 1992, the Funds engaged in
          portfolio
                    transactions involving broker-dealers in the following
          amounts:

                         Fund             1994            1993            
          1992
                        ______            ____            ____            
          ____
                       
                    GNMA           $ 2,306,951,000  $ 1,528,454,000 $
          1,438,762,000
                    High Yield      18,554,222,000   16,168,606,000  
          6,702,967,000
                    New Income      20,265,475,000   15,193,999,000  
          6,648,064,000
                    Prime Reserve   29,024,172,000   36,478,989,000 
          29,975,769,000
                    Short-Term Bond  4,266,837,000    5,805,958,000  
          5,534,535,000
                    Short-Term U.S.
                    Government         793,565,000    1,876,498,000    
          427,475,000
                    U.S. Treasury       81,970,000       91,923,000    
          218,317,000
                    Intermediate
                    U.S. Treasury      142,513,000      192,941,000    
          192,774,000
                    Long-Term
                    U.S. Treasury    3,449,951,000    2,804,196,000 
          23,290,378,000
                    Money
                        
                       The entire amount for each of these years
          represented
                    principal transactions as to which the GNMA, Prime
          Reserve,
                    Short-Term U.S. Government, U.S. Treasury Intermediate,
          Long-Term












                    and Money Funds have no knowledge of the profits or
          losses
                    realized by the respective broker-dealers for the
          three-month
                    fiscal year ended May 31, 1994 and for the fiscal years
          ended
                    February 28, 1994, February 28, 1993 and February 29,
          1992.


















                    PAGE 108

                       With respect to the High Yield Fund, for the
          three-month
                    fiscal year ended May 31, 1994, $4,398,879,000
          consisted of
                    principal transactions as to which the Fund has no
          knowledge of
                    the profits or losses realized by the respective
          broker-dealers;
                    and $77,916,000 involved trades with brokers acting as
          agents or
                    underwriters, in which such broker received total
          commissions,
                    including discounts received in connection with
          underwritings of
                    $1,385,000.

                       With respect to the High Yield, New Income and
          Short-Term
                    Bond Funds, the following amounts consisted of
          principal
                    transactions as to which the Funds have no knowledge of
          the
                    profits or losses realized by the respective
          broker-dealers for
                    the fiscal years ended February 28, 1994, February 28,
          1993 and












                    February 29, 1992:

                         Fund             1994            1993            
          1992
                        ______            ____            ____            
          ____

                    High Yield     $17,956,306,000  $15,737,460,000 
          $6,682,140,000
                    New Income      20,206,382,000   15,189,019,000  
          6,518,595,000
                    Short-Term Bond              0                0  
          5,034,535,000

                         The following amounts involved trades with brokers
          acting as
                    agents or underwriters for the fiscal years ended
          February 28,
                    1994, February 28, 1993, and February 29, 1992:

                         Fund             1994            1993            
          1992
                        ______            ____            ____            
          ____

                    High Yield        $597,916,000     $431,147,000    $
          20,827,000
                    New Income          59,093,000        4,980,000    
          129,469,000
                    Short-Term Bond              0                0      
          5,000,000

                         The amounts shown below involved trades with
          brokers acting
                    as agents or underwriters, in which such brokers
          received total
                    commissions, including discounts received in connection
          with
                    underwritings for the fiscal years ended February 28,
          1994,
                    February 28, 1993 and February 29, 1992:

                         Fund             1994            1993            
          1992
                        ______            ____            ____            
          ____

                    High Yield         $16,730,000       $3,661,000     
          $1,201,000
                    New Income             169,000           20,000        
          402,000
                    Short-Term Bond              0                0         
          15,000





























                    PAGE 109

                         The percentage of total portfolio transactions,
          placed with
                    firms which provided research, statistical, or other
          services to
                    T. Rowe Price in connection with the management of the
          Funds, or
                    in some cases, to the Funds for the three-month fiscal
          year ended
                    May 31, 1994 and for the fiscal years ended February
          28, 1994,
                    February 28, 1993 and February 29, 1992, are shown
          below:

                         Fund                1994*    1994      1993    
          1992
                        ______                ____    ____      ____    
          ____
                       
                    GNMA                       98%     91%       91%     
          99%
                    High Yield                 48%     70%       70%     
          59%
                    New Income                 68%     61%       61%     
          87%
                    Prime Reserve              78%     87%       81%     
          76%
                    Short-Term Bond            83%     61%       84%     
          79%
                    Short-Term U.S.
                    Government                100%    100%       94%    
          100%
                    U.S. Treasury              87%     85%       98%    
          100%
                    Intermediate
                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term   100%     98%       99%    
          100%












                    U.S. Treasury Money        32%     66%       75%     
          60%
                        
                    * For the three-month fiscal year ended May 31, 1994.

                         The portfolio turnover rates for the following
          Funds for the
                    three-month fiscal year ended May 31, 1994 and for the
          fiscal
                    years ended February 28, 1994, February 28, 1993 and
          February 29,
                    1992 are as follows:

                         Fund                1994*    1994      1993    
          1992
                        ______               _____    ____      ____    
          ____
                       
                    GNMA                     151.8%   92.5%     94.2%   
          66.0%
                    High Yield                62.5%  107.0%    104.4%   
          58.9%
                    New Income                91.5%   58.3%     85.8%   
          49.7%
                    Short-Term Bond          222.8%   90.8%     68.4%  
          380.7%
                    Short-Term U.S.
                    Government                27.6%   70.4%    110.8%   
          98.4%
                    U.S. Treasury             45.5%   20.2%     22.8%   
          91.4%
                    Intermediate
                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term  246.9%   59.4%    165.4%  
          162.4%
                        
                    * For the three-month fiscal year ended May 31, 1994.
































                    PAGE 110
                    Prime Reserve Fund

                       The Fund, in pursuing its objectives, may engage in
          short-term
                    trading to take advantage of market variations.  The
          Fund will
                    seek to protect principal, improve liquidity of its
          securities,
                    or enhance yield by purchasing and selling securities
          based upon
                    existing or anticipated market discrepancies.

                    Money Fund

                       The Fund, in pursuing its objectives, may engage in
          short-term
                    trading to take advantage of market variations.  The
          Fund will
                    seek to protect principal, improve liquidity of its
          securities,
                    or enhance yield by purchasing and selling securities
          based upon
                    existing or anticipated market discrepancies.


                                          PRICING OF SECURITIES

                       GNMA, High Yield, New Income, Short-Term Bond,
          Short-Term U.S.
                    Government, U.S. Treasury Intermediate and Long-Term
          Funds    

                        Fixed income securities are generally traded in the
          over-the-
                    counter market.  Investments in domestic securities
          with
                    remaining maturities of one year or more and foreign
          securities
                    are stated at fair value using a bid-side valuation as
          furnished
                    by dealers who make markets in such securities or by an
                    independent pricing service, which considers yield or
          price of
                    bonds of comparable quality, coupon, maturity, and
          type, as well
                    as prices quoted by dealers who make markets in such
          securities. 
                    Domestic securities with remaining maturities less than
          one year
                    are stated at fair value which is determined by using a
          matrix












                    system that establishes a value for each security based
          on bid-
                    side money market yields.

                        There are a number of pricing services available,
          and the
                    Board of Directors, on the basis of ongoing evaluation
          of these
                    services, may use or may discontinue the use of any
          pricing
                    service in whole or in part.

                    High Yield, New Income, and Personal Strategy Funds

                        Equity securities listed or regularly traded on a
          securities
                    exchange (including NASDAQ) are valued at the last
          quoted sales
                    price on the day the valuations are made.  A security
          which is
                    listed or traded on more than one exchange is valued at
          the 



















                    PAGE 111
                    quotation on the exchange determined to be the primary
          market for
                    such security.  Other equity securities and those
          listed
                    securities that are not traded on a particular day are
          valued at
                    a price within the limits of the latest bid and asked
          prices
                    deemed by the Board of Directors/Trustees, or by
          persons
                    delegated by the Board, best to reflect fair value.













                        Debt securities are generally traded in the
          over-the-counter
                    market and are valued at a price deemed best to reflect
          fair
                    value as quoted by dealers who make markets in these
          securities
                    or by an independent pricing service.  Short-term debt
          securities
                    are valued at their cost in local currency which, when
          combined
                    with accrued interest, approximates fair value.

                    Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds

                        Securities with more than 60 days remaining to
          maturity are
                    stated at fair value which is determined by using a
          matrix system
                    that establishes a value for each security based on
          money market
                    yields.  Securities originally purchased with remaining
                    maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
          cost.  In
                    addition, securities purchased with maturities in
          excess of 60
                    days, but which currently have maturities of 60 days or
          less, are
                    valued at their amortized cost for the 60 days prior to
          maturity-
                    -such amortization being based on the fair value of the
                    securities on the 61st day prior to maturity.

                    All Funds

                        For the purposes of determining the Fund's net
          asset value
                    per share, all assets and liabilities initially
          expressed in
                    foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at
          the mean of
                    the bid and offer prices of such currencies against
          U.S. dollars
                    quoted by any major bank.

                        Assets and liabilities for which the above
          valuation
                    procedures are inappropriate or are deemed not to
          reflect fair
                    value are stated at fair value, as determined in good
          faith by or
                    under the supervision of officers of the Funds, as
          authorized by
                    the Board of Directors.













                    Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds

                                 Maintenance of Net Asset Value Per Share

                        It is the policy of the Fund to attempt to maintain
          a net
                    asset value of $1.00 per share by rounding to the
          nearest one 


















                    PAGE 112
                    cent.  This method of valuation is commonly referred to
          as "penny
                    rounding" and is permitted by Rule 2a-7 under the
          Investment
                    Company Act of 1940.  Under Rule 2a-7:

                        (a) the Board of Directors of the Fund must
          undertake to
                        assure, to the extent reasonably practical taking
          into
                        account current market conditions affecting the
          Fund's
                        investment objectives, that the Fund's net asset
          value will
                        not deviate from $1.00 per share;

                    Prime Reserve Fund

                        (b) the Fund must (i) maintain a dollar-weighted
          average
                        portfolio maturity appropriate to its objective of
                        maintaining a stable price per share, (ii) not
          purchase any
                        instrument with a remaining maturity greater than
          397 days
                        (or in the case of U.S. government securities
          greater than












                        762 days), and (iii) maintain a dollar-weighted
          average
                        portfolio maturity of 90 days or less;

                    Money Fund

                        (b) The Fund must (i) maintain a dollar-weighted
          average
                        portfolio maturity appropriate to its objective of
                        maintaining a stable price per share, (ii) not
          purchase any
                        instrument with a remaining maturity greater than
          762 days,
                        and (iii) maintain a dollar-weighted average
          portfolio
                        maturity of 90 days or less;

                    Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds

                        (c) the Fund must limit its purchase of portfolio
                        instruments, including repurchase agreements, to
          those U.S.
                        dollar-denominated instruments which the Fund's
          Board of
                        Directors determines present minimal credit risks,
          and which
                        are eligible securities as defined by Rule 2a-7;
          and

                        (d) the Board of Directors must determine that (i)
          it is in
                        the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders
          to
                        maintain a stable price per share under the penny
          rounding
                        method; and (ii) the Fund will continue to use the
          penny
                        rounding method only so long as the Board of
          Directors
                        believes that it fairly reflects the market based
          net asset
                        value per share.

                        Although the Fund believes that it will be able to
          maintain
                    its net asset value at $1.00 per share under most
          conditions, 





























                    PAGE 113
                    there can be no absolute assurance that it will be able
          to do so
                    on a continuous basis.  If the Fund's net asset value
          per share
                    declined, or was expected to decline, below $1.00
          (rounded to the
                    nearest one cent), the Board of Directors of the Fund
          might
                    temporarily reduce or suspend dividend payments in an
          effort to
                    maintain the net asset value at $1.00 per share.  As a
          result of
                    such reduction or suspension of dividends, an investor
          would
                    receive less income during a given period than if such
          a
                    reduction or suspension had not taken place.  Such
          action could
                    result in an investor receiving no dividend for the
          period during
                    which he holds his shares and in his receiving, upon
          redemption,
                    a price per share lower than that which he paid.  On
          the other
                    hand, if the Fund's net asset value per share were to
          increase,
                    or were anticipated to increase above $1.00 (rounded to
          the
                    nearest one cent), the Board of Directors of the Fund
          might
                    supplement dividends in an effort to maintain the net
          asset value
                    at $1.00 per share.

                    Prime Reserve Fund

                        Prime Money Market Securities Defined.  Prime money
          market
                    securities are those which are described as First Tier
          Securities
                    under Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
          These
                    include any security with a remaining maturity of 397












          days or
                    less that is rated (or that has been issued by an
          issuer that is
                    rated with respect to a class of short-term debt
          obligations, or
                    any security within that class that is comparable in
          priority and
                    security with the security) by any two nationally
          recognized
                    statistical rating organizations (NRSROs) (or if only
          one NRSRO
                    has issued a rating, that NRSRO) in the highest rating
          category
                    for short-term debt obligations (within which there may
          be sub-
                    categories).  First Tier Securities also include
          unrated
                    securities comparable in quality to rated securities,
          as
                    determined by T. Rowe Price under the supervision of
          the Fund's
                    Board of Directors.

                    All Funds

                                        NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE

                        The purchase and redemption price of the Fund's
          shares is
                    equal to the Fund's net asset value per share or share
          price. 
                    The Fund determines its net asset value per share by
          subtracting
                    the Fund's liabilities (including accrued expenses and
          dividends
                    payable) from its total assets (the market value of the
                    securities the Fund holds plus cash and other assets,
          including
                    income accrued but not yet received) and dividing the
          result by 





























                    PAGE 114
                    the total number of shares outstanding.  The net asset
          value per
                    share of the Fund is normally calculated as of the
          close of
                    trading on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") every
          day the
                    NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE is closed on the
          following
                    days:  New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Good
          Friday,
                    Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
          Day, and
                    Christmas Day.

                        Determination of net asset value (and the offering,
          sale
                    redemption and repurchase of shares) for the Fund may
          be
                    suspended at times (a) during which the NYSE is closed,
          other
                    than customary weekend and holiday closings, (b) during
          which
                    trading on the NYSE is restricted, (c) during which an
          emergency
                    exists as a result of which disposal by the Fund of
          securities
                    owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not
          reasonably
                    practicable for the Fund fairly to determine the value
          of its net
                    assets, or (d) during which a governmental body having
                    jurisdiction over the Fund may by order permit such a
          suspension
                    for the protection of the Fund's shareholders; provided
          that
                    applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
          Exchange
                    Commission (or any succeeding governmental authority)
          shall
                    govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (b),
          (c), or
                    (d) exist.


                                       DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                        Unless you elect otherwise, the Fund's annual
          capital gain
                    distribution, if any, will be reinvested on the
          reinvestment date












                    using the NAV per share of that date.  The reinvestment
          date
                    normally precedes the payment date by about 10 days
          although the
                    exact timing is subject to change.


                                                TAX STATUS

                        The Fund intends to qualify as a "regulated
          investment
                    company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue
          Code of 1986,
                    as amended ("Code").

                        A portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may be
          eligible
                    for the dividends-received deduction for corporate
          shareholders. 
                    For tax purposes, it does not make any difference
          whether
                    dividends and capital gain distributions are paid in
          cash or in
                    additional shares.  The Fund must declare dividends by
          December
                    31 of each year equal to at least 98% of ordinary
          income (as of
                    December 31) and capital gains (as of October 31) in
          order to 


















                    PAGE 115
                    avoid a federal excise tax and distribute within 12
          months 100%
                    of ordinary income and capital gains as of its tax
          year-end to
                    avoid federal income tax.    













                        At the time of your purchase, the Fund's net asset
          value may
                    reflect undistributed capital gains or net unrealized
                    appreciation of securities held by the Fund.  A
          subsequent
                    distribution to you of such amounts, although
          constituting a
                    return of your investment, would be taxable as a
          capital gain
                    distribution.  For federal income tax purposes, the
          Fund is
                    permitted to carry forward its net realized capital
          losses, if
                    any, for eight years and realize net capital gains up
          to the
                    amount of such losses without being required to pay
          taxes on, or
                    distribute such gains.  On May 31, 1994, the books of
          each Fund
                    (other than the Personal Strategy Fund) indicated that
          each
                    Fund's aggregate net assets included undistributed net
          income,
                    net realized capital gains, and unrealized appreciation
          which are
                    listed below.

                                                        Net Realized   
          Unrealized
                                          Undistributed    Capital    
          Appreciation/
                      Fund                 Net Income  Gains/(Losses)
          (Depreciation)
                       
                    GNMA                   $     8,763 $(15,464,402) $
          (26,398,092)
                    High Yield               3,988,627   (5,944,499) 
          (119,580,285)
                    New Income                  21,962    1,014,811   
          (65,070,648)
                    Prime Reserve            2,105,954        1,900       
          203,760 
                    Short-Term Bond            121,010   (4,542,864)  
          (15,924,117)
                    Short-Term U.S.
                     Government             (1,938,550)    (953,447)   
          (3,465,529)
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate(108,298)      55,985    
          (6,124,061)
                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term    (38,345)    (577,048)   
          (2,954,108)
                    U.S. Treasury Money         81,339        2,371       
          174,801 
                        












                        If, in any taxable year, the Fund should not
          qualify as a
                    regulated investment company under the Code: (i) the
          Fund would
                    be taxed at normal corporate rates on the entire amount
          of its
                    taxable income, if any, without deduction for dividends
          or other
                    distributions to shareholders; and (ii) the Fund's
          distributions
                    to the extent made out of the Fund's current or
          accumulated
                    earnings and profits would be taxable to shareholders
          as ordinary
                    dividends (regardless of whether they would otherwise
          have been
                    considered capital gain dividends).






















                    PAGE 116
                    Taxation of Foreign Shareholders

                        The Code provides that dividends from net income
          will be
                    subject to U.S. tax.  For shareholders who are not
          engaged in a
                    business in the U.S., this tax would be imposed at the
          rate of
                    30% upon the gross amount of the dividends in the
          absence of a
                    Tax Treaty providing for a reduced rate or exemption
          from U.S.
                    taxation.  Distributions of net long-term capital gains
          realized












                    by the Fund are not subject to tax unless the foreign
          shareholder
                    is a nonresident alien individual who was physically
          present in
                    the U.S. during the tax year for more than 182 days.

                        To the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities,
          the
                    following would apply:

                    Passive Foreign Investment Companies

                        Each Fund may purchase the securities of certain
          foreign
                    investment funds or trusts called passive foreign
          investment
                    companies.  Capital gains on the sale of such holdings
          will be
                    deemed to be ordinary income regardless of how long the
          Fund
                    holds its investment.  In addition to bearing their
          proportionate
                    share of the funds expenses (management fees and
          operating
                    expenses) shareholders will also indirectly bear
          similar expenses
                    of such funds.  In addition, the Funds may be subject
          to
                    corporate income tax and an interest charge on certain
          dividends
                    and capital gains earned from these investments,
          regardless of
                    whether such income and gains were distributed to
          shareholders.

                        In accordance with tax regulations, the Funds
          intend to
                    treat these securities as sold on the last day of a
          Fund's fiscal
                    year and recognize any gains for tax purposes at that
          time;
                    losses will not be recognized.  Such gains will be
          considered
                    ordinary income which a Fund will be required to
          distribute even
                    though it has not sold the security and received cash
          to pay such
                    distributions.    

                    Foreign Currency Gains and Losses

                        Foreign currency gains and losses, including the
          portion of
                    gain or loss on the sale of debt securities












          attributable to
                    foreign exchange rate fluctuations, are taxable as
          ordinary
                    income.  If the net effect of these transactions is a
          gain, the
                    ordinary income dividend paid by the Fund will be
          increased; if
                    the result is a loss, a portion of its ordinary income
          dividend
                    may be classified as a return of capital.  Adjustments
          to reflect



















                    PAGE 117
                    these gains and losses will be made at the end of the
          Fund's
                    taxable year.    


                                            YIELD INFORMATION

                        From time to time, the Fund may advertise a yield
          figure
                    calculated in the following manner:

                       GNMA and Short-Term U.S. Government Funds    

                        In conformity with regulations of the Securities
          and
                    Exchange Commission, an income factor is calculated for
          each
                    security in the portfolio based upon the security's
          coupon rate. 
                    The income factors are then adjusted for any gains or
          losses
                    which have resulted from prepayments of principal
          during the












                    period.  The income factors are then totalled for all
          securities
                    in the portfolio.  Next, expenses of the Fund for the
          period net
                    of expected reimbursements, are deducted from the
          income to
                    arrive at net income, which is then converted to a
          per-share
                    amount by dividing net income by the average number of
          shares
                    outstanding during the period.  The net income per
          share is
                    divided by the net asset value on the last day of the
          period to
                    produce a monthly yield which is then annualized. 
          Quoted yield
                    factors are for comparison purposes only, and are not
          intended to
                    indicate future performance or forecast the dividend
          per share of
                    the Fund.

                        The yields of the GNMA and Short-Term U.S.
          Government Funds
                    calculated under the above-described method for the
          month ended
                    May 31, 1994 were 4.10% and 5.40%, respectively.    

                    High Yield, New Income, Short-Term Bond, U.S. Treasury
                    Intermediate and U.S. Treasury Long-Term Funds

                        An income factor is calculated for each security in
          the
                    portfolio based upon the security's market value at the
          beginning
                    of the period and yield as determined in conformity
          with
                    regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
          The
                    income factors are then totalled for all securities in
          the
                    portfolio.  Next, expenses of the Fund for the period
          net of
                    expected reimbursements are deducted from the income to
          arrive at
                    net income, which is then converted to a per-share
          amount by
                    dividing net income by the average number of shares
          outstanding
                    during the period.  The net income per share is divided
          by the
                    net asset value on the last day of the period to
          produce a 






























                    PAGE 118
                    monthly yield which is then annualized.  Quoted yield
          factors are
                    for comparison purposes only, and are not intended to
          indicate
                    future performance or forecast the dividend per share
          of the
                    Fund.

                        The yields of the High Yield, New Income,
          Short-Term Bond,
                    Intermediate and Long-Term Funds calculated under the
          above-
                    described method for the month ended May 31, 1994, were
          8.87%,
                    6.12%, 5.55%, 5.75% and 6.47%, respectively.

                    Prime Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds

                        The Fund's current and historical yield for a
          period is
                    calculated by dividing the net change in value of an
          account
                    (including all dividends accrued and dividends
          reinvested in
                    additional shares) by the account value at the
          beginning of the
                    period to obtain the base period return.  This base
          period return
                    is divided by the number of days in the period then
          multiplied by
                    365 to arrive at the annualized yield for that period. 
          The
                    Fund's annualized compound yield for such period is
          compounded by
                    dividing the base period return by the number of days
          in the












                    period, and compounding that figure over 365 days.

                        The seven-day yields ending May 31, 1994 for the
          Prime
                    Reserve and U.S. Treasury Money Funds were 3.33% and
          3.18%,
                    respectively, and the Funds' compound yield for the
          same period
                    were 3.38% and 3.23%, respectively.

                    All Funds

                                          INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

                    Total Return Performance

                        The Fund's calculation of total return performance
          includes
                    the reinvestment of all capital gain distributions and
          income
                    dividends for the period or periods indicated, without
          regard to
                    tax consequences to a shareholder in the Fund.  Total
          return is
                    calculated as the percentage change between the
          beginning value
                    of a static account in the Fund and the ending value of
          that
                    account measured by the then current net asset value,
          including
                    all shares acquired through reinvestment of income and
          capital
                    gains dividends.  The results shown are historical and
          should not
                    be considered indicative of the future performance of
          the Fund. 
                    Each average annual compound rate of return is derived
          from the
                    cumulative performance of the Fund over the time period































                    PAGE 119
                    specified.  The annual compound rate of return for the
          Fund over
                    any other period of time will vary from the average.

                                 Cumulative Performance Percentage Change


                                             1 Yr.    5 Yrs.    10 Yrs.     
          Since
                                             Ended     Ended     Ended    
          Inception-
                                            5/31/94   5/31/94   5/31/94    
          5/32/94

                    GNMA Fund

                    T. Rowe Price GNMA Fund   -0.74%   49.74%               
           90.76%
                                                                          
          (11/26/85)
                    Salomon Brothers 30-Year
                     GNMA Index                0.04    56.54                
          118.60
                    Lehman Brothers GNMA
                     Bond Index               -0.34    55.23              
          120.89
                    Lipper GNMA Funds Average -0.02    48.17                
           93.96

                    High Yield Fund

                    High Yield Fund            2.34%   46.71%               
          158.53%
                                                                          
          (12/31/84)
                    Merrill Lynch High
                     Yield Index               6.39    75.35              
          214.84
                    Merrill Lynch Medium Quality
                     Long Corporate Index      1.72    64.77                
          207.17
                    Lipper's Average of High
                     Current Yield Funds       6.70    61.77                
          163.20

                    New Income Fund

                    New Income Fund            1.40%   50.29%    153.33%    
          497.09%












                                                                          
          (8/31/73)
                    Salomon Bros. Broad
                     Investment Grade Index    0.91    55.84     205.02     
          N/A
                    Salomon Bros. High Grade
                     Corporate Bond Index      0.04    61.05     273.45     
          567.37
                    Lehman Bros. Govt./Corp.
                     Bond Index                1.01    55.52     198.97     
          547.98
                    Lipper Corporate Bond Fund's
                     -A Rated Average          0.34    51.10     188.96     
          495.23






















                    PAGE 120
                    Short-Term Bond Fund

                    T. Rowe Price Short-Term 
                     Bond Fund                 1.36%   40.71%    118.73%    
          119.04%
                                                                          
          (3/2/84)
                    T. Rowe Price Prime 
                    Reserve Fund               2.73%   28.24%     84.99%    
          316.49%
                    Donoghue Average of all
                     Taxable Money Funds       2.85    28.42      83.43     
           87.74
                    Lehman Bros. 1-3 Year
                     Govt./Corp. Bond Index    2.10    43.95     137.59     
          137.46
                    Lipper Short Investment












                     Grade Debt Funds Average  1.87    43.06     150.53     
          133.60
                                                                          
          (2/29/84)

                       Short-Term U.S. Government Fund

                    T. Rowe Price Short-Term
                     U.S. Government Fund, Inc.         1.32%               
             8.23%
                                                                          
          (9/30/91)
                    Lipper Average of Adjustable
                     Rate Mortgage Funds       1.37                         
            9.00
                    Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year
                     Govt. Index               2.06                         
           15.35
                    Salomon Brothers 1-Year
                     Treasury Index            2.67                         
           11.98
                    Salomon Brothers 2-Year
                     Treasury Index            2.02                         
           15.54
                        
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate Fund

                    Intermediate Fund          0.70%                        
           44.62%
                                                                          
          (9/29/89)
                    Salomon 1-7 year
                     Treasury Index            1.49                         
           44.94

                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term Fund

                    Long-Term Fund            -0.09                         
           45.43
                                                                          
          (9/29/89)
                    Salomon Treasury Index     1.12                         
           48.24



































                    PAGE 121
                                 Average Annual Compound Rates of Return

                                             1 Yr.    5 Yrs.    10 Yrs.     
          Since
                                             Ended     Ended     Ended    
          Inception-
                                            5/31/94   5/31/94   5/31/94    
          5/31/94

                    GNMA Fund

                    T. Rowe Price GNMA Fund   -0.74%    8.41%               
            7.88%
                                                                          
          (11/26/85)
                    Salomon Brothers 30-Year
                     GNMA Index                0.04     9.38                
            9.63
                    Lehman Brothers GNMA Bond
                     Index                    -0.34     9.19                
            9.52
                    Lipper GNMA Funds Average -0.62     8.17                
            8.09

                    High Yield Fund

                    High Yield Fund            2.34     7.97                
           10.62
                                                                          
          (12/31/84)
                    Merrill Lynch High
                     Yield Index               6.39    11.98                
           12.96
                    Merrill Lynch Medium Quality
                     Long Corporate Index      1.72    10.50                
           12.66
                    Lipper's Average of High
                     Current Yield Funds       6.70    10.02                
           10.73

                    New Income Fund












                    New Income Fund            1.40%    8.49%      9.74     
            8.99%
                                                                          
          (8/31/73)
                    Salomon Bros. Broad
                     Investment Grade Index    0.91     9.28      11.80     
             N/A
                    Salomon Bros. High Grade
                     Corporate Bond Index      0.04    10.00      14.08     
            9.58
                    Lehman Bros. Govt./Corp.
                     Bond Index                1.01     9.24      11.57     
            9.45
                    Lipper Corporate Bond Fund's
                     -A Rated Average          0.34     8.60      11.17     
            8.95


























                    PAGE 122
                    Short-Term Bond Fund

                    T. Rowe Price Short-Term
                     Bond Fund                 1.36     7.07       8.12     
            7.95
                                                                          
          (3/2/84)
                    T. Rowe Price Prime
                     Reserve Fund              2.73     5.10       6.34     
            8.09
                    Donoghue Average of all












                     Taxable Money Funds       2.85     5.13       6.25     
            6.34
                    Lehman Bros. 1-3 Year
                     Govt./Corp. Bond Index    2.10     7.55       9.03     
            8.80
                    Lipper Short Investment
                     Grade Debt Funds Average  1.87     7.42       8.70     
            8.63
                                                                          
          (2/29/84)

                       Short-Term U.S. Government Fund

                    T. Rowe Price Short-Term
                     U.S. Government Fund, Inc.         1.32%               
             3.01%
                                                                          
          (9/30/91)
                    Lipper Average of Adjustable
                     Rate Mortgage Funds       1.37      
                    Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year
                     Govt. Index               2.06                         
            5.50
                    Salomon Brothers 1-Year
                     Treasury Index            2.67                         
            4.33
                    Salomon Brothers 2-Year
                     Treasury Index            2.02                         
            5.57
                        
                    U.S. Treasury Intermediate Fund

                    Intermediate Fund          0.70                         
            8.22
                                                                          
          (9/29/89)
                    Salomon 1-7 Year Treasury
                     Index                     1.49                         
            8.28

                    U.S. Treasury Long-Term Fund

                    Long-Term Fund            -0.09                         
            8.35
                                                                          
          (9/29/89)
                    Salomon Treasury Index     1.12                         
            8.80

                    Outside Sources of Information

                      From time to time, in reports and promotional
          literature, one
                    or more of the T. Rowe Price funds, including this












          Fund, may
                    compare its performance to Overnight Government
          Repurchase 


















                    PAGE 123
                    Agreements, Treasury bills, notes, and bonds,
          certificates of
                    deposit, and six-month money market certificates. 
          Performance
                    may also be compared to (1) indices of broad groups of
          managed or
                    unmanaged securities considered to be representative of
          or
                    similar to Fund portfolio holdings; (2) other mutual
          funds; or
                    (3) other measures of performance set forth in
          publications such
                    as:

                      Advertising News Service, Inc., "Bank Rate Monitor+ -
          The
                      Weekly Financial Rate Reporter" is a weekly
          publication which
                      lists the yields on various money market instruments
          offered to
                      the public by 100 leading banks and thrift
          institutions in the
                      U.S., including loan rates offered by these banks. 
          Bank
                      certificates of deposit differ from mutual funds in
          several
                      ways: the interest rate established by the sponsoring
          bank is
                      fixed for the term of a CD; there are penalties for
          early
                      withdrawal from CDs; and the principal on a CD is
          insured.  












                      Donoghue Organization, Inc., "Donoghue's Money Fund
          Report" is
                      a weekly publication which tracks net assets, yield,
          maturity
                      and portfolio holdings on approximately 380 money
          market mutual
                      funds offered in the U.S.  These funds are broken
          down into
                      various categories such as U.S. Treasury, Domestic
          Prime and
                      Euros, Domestic Prime and Euros and Yankees, and
          Aggressive.

                      First Boston High Yield Index.  It shows statistics
          on the
                      Composite Index and analytical data on new issues in
          the
                      marketplace and low-grade issuers.

                      Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., "Lipper-Fixed
          Income Fund
                      Performance Analysis" is a monthly publication which
          tracks net
                      assets, total return, principal return and yield on
                      approximately 950 fixed income mutual funds offered
          in the
                      United States.

                      Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc., "Taxable
          Bond
                      Indices" is a monthly publication which lists
          principal, coupon
                      and total return on over 100 different taxable bond
          indices
                      tracked by Merrill Lynch, together with the par
          weighted
                      characteristics of each Index.  The index used as a
          benchmark
                      for the High Yield Fund is the High Yield Index.  The
          two
                      indices used as benchmarks for the Short-Term Bond
          Fund are the
                      91-Day Treasury Bill Index and the 1-2.99 Year
          Treasury Note
                      Index.
































                    PAGE 124
                      Morningstar, Inc., is a widely used independent
          research firm
                      which rates mutual funds by overall performance,
          investment
                      objectives and assets.

                      Salomon Brothers Inc., "Analytical Record of Yields
          and Yield
                      Spreads" is a publication which tracks historical
          yields and
                      yield spreads on short-term market rates, public
          obligations of
                      the U.S. Treasury and agencies of the U.S.
          government, public
                      corporate debt obligations, municipal debt
          obligations and
                      preferred stocks.

                      Salomon Brothers Inc., "Bond Market Round-up" is a
          weekly
                      publication which tracks the yields and yield spreads
          on a
                      large, but select, group of money market instruments,
          public
                      corporate debt obligations, and public obligations of
          the U.S.
                      Treasury and agencies of the U.S. Government.

                      Salomon Brothers Inc., "High Yield Composite Index"
          is an index
                      which provides performance and statistics for the
          high yield
                      market place.

                      Salomon Brothers Inc., "Market Performance" is a
          monthly
                      publication which tracks principal return, total
          return and
                      yield on the Salomon Brothers Broad investment -
          Grade Bond
                      Index and the components of the Index.













                      Shearson Lehman Brothers, Inc., "The Bond Market
          Report" is a
                      monthly publication which tracks principal, coupon
          and total
                      return on the Shearson Lehman Govt./Corp. Index and
          Shearson
                      Lehman Aggregate Bond Index, as well as all the
          components of
                      these Indices.

                      Telerate Systems, Inc., is a market data distribution
          network
                      which tracks a broad range of financial markets
          including, the
                      daily rates on money market instruments, public
          corporate debt
                      obligations and public obligations of the U.S.
          Treasury and
                      agencies of the U.S. Government.

                      Wall Street Journal, is a national daily financial
          news
                      publication which lists the yields and current market
          values on
                      money market instruments, public corporate debt
          obligations,
                      public obligations of the U.S. Treasury and agencies
          of the
                      U.S. government as well as common stocks, preferred
          stocks,
                      convertible preferred stocks, options and
          commodities; in
                      addition to indices prepared by the research
          departments of
                      such financial organizations as Shearson
          Lehman/American
                      Express Inc., and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and
          Smith, 





























                    PAGE 125
                      Inc., including information provided by the Federal
          Reserve
                      Board.

                      Performance rankings and ratings reported
          periodically in
                    national financial publications such as MONEY, FORBES,
          BUSINESS
                    WEEK, BARRON'S, etc. will also be used.

                    All Funds, except Personal Strategy and Prime Reserve
          Funds

                    Benefits of Investing in High-Quality Bond Funds

                    o  Higher Income

                       Bonds have generally provided a higher income than
          money
                       market securities because yield usually increased
          with longer
                       maturities.  For instance, the yield on the 30-year
          Treasury
                       bond usually exceeds the yield on the 1-year
          Treasury bill or
                       5-year Treasury note.  However, securities with
          longer
                       maturities fluctuate more in price than those with
          shorter
                       maturities.  Therefore, the investor must weigh the
                       advantages of higher yields against the possibility
          of
                       greater fluctuation in the principal value of your
                       investment.

                    o  Income Compounding

                       Investing in bond mutual funds allows investors to
          benefit
                       from easy and convenient compounding, because you
          can
                       automatically reinvest monthly dividends in
          additional fund
                       shares.  Each month investors earn interest on a
          larger
                       number of shares.  Also, reinvesting dividends
          removes the
                       temptation to spend the income.

                    o  Broad Diversification

                       Each share of a mutual fund represents an interest












          in a large
                       pool of securities, so even a small investment is
          broadly
                       diversified by maturity.  Since most bonds trade
          efficiently
                       only in very large blocks,mutual funds provide a
          degree of
                       diversification that may be difficult for individual
                       investors to achieve on their own.

                    o  Lower Portfolio Volatility

                       Investing a portion of one's assets in longer term,
          high-
                       quality bonds can help smooth out the fluctuations
          in your
                       overall investment results, because bond prices do
          not 


















                    PAGE 126
                       necessarily move with stock prices.  Also, bonds
          usually have
                       higher income yields than stocks, thus increasing
          the total
                       income component of your portfolio.  This strategy
          should
                       also add stability to overall results, as income is
          always a
                       positive component of total return.

                    o  Liquidity

                       A bond fund can supplement a money market fund or
          bank
                       account as a source of capital for unexpected
          contingencies. 
                       T. Rowe Price fixed-income funds offer you easy












          access to
                       money through free checkwriting and convenient
          redemption or
                       exchange features.  Of course, the value of a bond
          fund's
                       shares redeemed through checkwriting may be worth
          more or
                       less than their value at the time of their original
          purchase.

                    o  Suitability

                       High-quality bond funds are most suitable for the
          following
                       objectives: obtaining a higher current income with
          minimal
                       credit risk; compounding of income over time; or
          diversifying
                       overall investments to reduce volatility.

                    All Funds

                    IRAs

                         An IRA is a long-term investment whose objective
          is to
                    accumulate personal savings for retirement.  Due to the
          long-term
                    nature of the investment, even slight differences in
          performance
                    will result in significantly different assets at
          retirement. 
                    Mutual funds, with their diversity of choice, can be
          used for IRA
                    investments.  Generally, individuals may need to adjust
          their
                    underlying IRA investments as their time to retirement
          and
                    tolerance for risk changes.

                    Other Features and Benefits

                         The Fund is a member of the T. Rowe Price Family
          of Funds
                    and may help investors achieve various long-term
          investment
                    goals, such as investing money for retirement, saving
          for a down
                    payment on a home, or paying college costs.  To explain
          how the
                    Fund could be used to assist investors in planning for
          these
                    goals and to illustrate basic principles of investing,
          various












                    worksheets and guides prepared by T. Rowe Price
          Associates, Inc.
                    and/or T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. may be
          made
                    available.  These currently include: the Asset Mix
          Worksheet 


















                    PAGE 127
                    which is designed to show shareholders how to reduce
          their
                    investment risk by developing a diversified investment
          plan; the
                    College Planning Guide which discusses various aspects
          of
                    financial planning to meet college expenses and assists
          parents
                    in projecting the costs of a college education for
          their
                    children; the Retirement Planning Kit (also available
          in a PC
                    version) includes a detailed workbook to determine how
          much money
                    you may need for retirement and suggests how you might
          invest to
                    achieve your objectives; and the Retirees Financial
          Guide which
                    includes a detailed workbook to determine how much
          money you can
                    afford to spend and still preserve your purchasing
          power and
                    suggests how you might invest to reach your goal.  From
          time to
                    time, other worksheets and guides may be made available
          as well. 
                    Of course, an investment in the Fund cannot guarantee
          that such
                    goals will be met.  Personal Strategy Planner












          simplifies
                    investment decision making by helping investors define
          personal
                    financial goals, establish length of time the investor
          intends to
                    invest, determine risk "comfort zone" and select
          diversified
                    investment mix.  

                         To assist investors in understanding the different
          returns
                    and risk characteristics of various investments, the
                    aforementioned guides will include presentation of
          historical
                    returns of various investments using published indices. 
          An
                    example of this is shown below.

                               Historical Returns for Different Investments

                    Annualized returns for periods ended 12/31/93

                                              50 years   20 years  10 years
          5 years

                    Small-Company Stocks        15.3%      18.8%     10.0%  
           13.3%

                    Large-Company Stocks        12.3       12.8      14.9   
           14.5

                    Foreign Stocks               N/A       14.4      17.9   
            2.3

                    Long-Term Corporate Bonds    5.6       10.2      14.0   
           13.0

                    Intermediate-Term U.S. 
                      Gov't. Bonds               5.7        9.8      11.4   
           11.3

                    Treasury Bills               4.6        7.5       6.4   
            5.6

                    U.S. Inflation               4.3        5.9       3.7   
            3.9






























                    PAGE 128
                    Sources:  Ibbotson Associates, Morgan Stanley.  Foreign
          stocks
                    reflect performance of The Morgan Stanley Capital
          International
                    EAFE Index, which includes some 1,000 companies
          representing the
                    stock markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and
          the Far
                    East.  This chart is for illustrative purposes only and
          should
                    not be considered as performance for, or the annualized
          return
                    of, any T. Rowe Price Fund.  Past performance does not
          guarantee
                    future results.

                       Also included will be various portfolios
          demonstrating how
                    these historical indices would have performed in
          various
                    combinations over a specified time period in terms of
          return.  An
                    example of this is shown below.

                                  Performance of Retirement Portfolios*


                                Asset Mix      Average Annualized          
          Value
                                                Returns 20 Years            
           of
                                                 Ended 12/31/93           
          $10,000
                                                                         
          Investment
                                                                        
          After Period
                            _____________________________________       
          ___________

                                                   Nominal  Real   Best
          Worst
                    Portfolio Growth Income Safety Return Return** Year












          Year

                    I.   Low
                         Risk   40%    40%    20%   11.3%   5.4%  
          24.9%-9.3%$ 79,775

                    II.  Moderate
                         Risk   60%    30%    10%   12.1%   6.2%  
          29.1%-15.6%$ 90,248

                    III. High
                         Risk   80%    20%     0%   12.9%   7.0%  
          33.4%-21.9%$100,031

                    Source: T. Rowe Price Associates; data supplied by
          Lehman
                    Brothers, Wilshire Associates, and Ibbotson Associates.

                    *  Based on actual performance for the 20 years ended
          1993 of
                       stocks (85% Wilshire 5000 and 15% Europe, Australia,
          Far East
                       [EAFE] Index), bonds (Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond
          Index
                       from 1976-93 and Lehman Brothers
          Government/Corporate Bond
                       Index from 1974-75), and 30-day Treasury bills from
          January
                       1974 through December 1993.  Past performance does
          not
                       guarantee future results.  Figures include changes
          in
                       principal value and reinvested dividends and assume
          the same 


















                    PAGE 129
                       asset mix is maintained each year.  This exhibit is












          for
                       illustrative purposes only and is not representative
          of the
                       performance of any T. Rowe Price fund.
                    ** Based on inflation rate of 5.9% for the 20-year
          period ended
                       12/31/93.

                    Insights

                        From time to time, Insights, a T. Rowe Price
          publication of
                    reports on specific investment topics and strategies,
          may be
                    included in the Fund's fulfillment kit.  Such reports
          may include
                    information concerning:  calculating taxable gains and
          losses on
                    mutual fund transactions, coping with stock market
          volatility,
                    benefiting from dollar cost averaging, understanding
                    international markets, investing in high-yield "junk"
          bonds,
                    growth stock investing, conservative stock investing,
          value
                    investing, investing in small companies, tax-free
          investing,
                    fixed income investing, investing in mortgage-backed
          securities,
                    as well as other topics and strategies.

                    Other Publications

                        From time to time, in newsletters and other
          publications
                    issued by T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc.,
          reference may
                    be made to economic, financial and political
          developments in the
                    U.S. and abroad and their effect on securities prices. 
          Such
                    discussions may take the form of commentary on these
          developments
                    by T. Rowe Price mutual fund portfolio managers and
          their views
                    and analysis on how such developments could affect
          investments in
                    mutual funds.

                    Redemptions in Kind

                         In the unlikely event a shareholder were to
          receive an in
                    kind redemption of portfolio securities of the Fund,












          brokerage
                    fees could be incurred by the shareholder in a
          subsequent sale of
                    such securities.

                    Issuance of Fund Shares for Securities

                         Transactions involving issuance of Fund shares for
                    securities or assets other than cash will be limited to
          (1) bona
                    fide reorganizations; (2) statutory mergers; or (3)
          other
                    acquisitions of portfolio securities that: (a) meet the
                    investment objective and policies of the Fund; (b) are
          acquired
                    for investment and not for resale except in accordance
          with
                    applicable law; (c) have a value that is readily
          ascertainable 


















                    PAGE 130
                    via listing on or trading in a recognized United States
          or
                    international exchange or market; and (d) are not
          illiquid.

                    All Funds, except GNMA Fund

                                              CAPITAL STOCK

                         The Fund's Charter authorizes the Board of
          Directors to
                    classify and reclassify any and all shares which are
          then
                    unissued, including unissued shares of capital stock
          into any
                    number of classes or series, each class or series












          consisting of
                    such number of shares and having such designations,
          such powers,
                    preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations, and
                    restrictions, as shall be determined by the Board
          subject to the
                    Investment Company Act and other applicable law.  The
          shares of
                    any such additional classes or series might therefore
          differ from
                    the shares of the present class and series of capital
          stock and
                    from each other as to preferences, conversions or other
          rights,
                    voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to
          dividends,
                    qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption,
          subject to
                    applicable law, and might thus be superior or inferior
          to the
                    capital stock or to other classes or series in various
                    characteristics.  The Board of Directors may increase
          or decrease
                    the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number
          of shares
                    of stock of any class or series that the Fund has
          authorized to
                    issue without shareholder approval.

                         Except to the extent that the Fund's Board of
          Directors
                    might provide by resolution that holders of shares of a
                    particular class are entitled to vote as a class on
          specified
                    matters presented for a vote of the holders of all
          shares
                    entitled to vote on such matters, there would be no
          right of
                    class vote unless and to the extent that such a right
          might be
                    construed to exist under Maryland law.  The Charter
          contains no
                    provision entitling the holders of the present class of
          capital
                    stock to a vote as a class on any matter. Accordingly,
          the
                    preferences, rights, and other characteristics
          attaching to any
                    class of shares, including the present class of capital
          stock,
                    might be altered or eliminated, or the class might be
          combined
                    with another class or classes, by action approved by
          the vote of












                    the holders of a majority of all the shares of all
          classes
                    entitled to be voted on the proposal, without any
          additional
                    right to vote as a class by the holders of the capital
          stock or
                    of another affected class or classes.

                         Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each
          full share
                    held (and fractional votes for fractional shares held)
          and will 


















                    PAGE 131
                    vote in the election of or removal of directors (to the
          extent
                    hereinafter provided) and on other matters submitted to
          the vote
                    of shareholders.  There will normally be no meetings of
                    shareholders for the purpose of electing directors
          unless and
                    until such time as less than a majority of the
          directors holding
                    office have been elected by shareholders, at which time
          the
                    directors then in office will call a shareholders'
          meeting for
                    the election of directors.  Except as set forth above,
          the
                    directors shall continue to hold office and may appoint
          successor
                    directors.  Voting rights are not cumulative, so that
          the holders
                    of more than 50% of the shares voting in the election
          of
                    directors can, if they choose to do so, elect all the
          directors












                    of the Fund, in which event the holders of the
          remaining shares
                    will be unable to elect any person as a director.  As
          set forth
                    in the By-Laws of the Fund, a special meeting of
          shareholders of
                    the Fund shall be called by the Secretary of the Fund
          on the
                    written request of shareholders entitled to cast at
          least 10% of
                    all the votes of the Fund entitled to be cast at such
          meeting. 
                    Shareholders requesting such a meeting must pay to the
          Fund the
                    reasonably estimated costs of preparing and mailing the
          notice of
                    the meeting.  The Fund, however, will otherwise assist
          the
                    shareholders seeking to hold the special meeting in
          communicating
                    to the other shareholders of the Fund to the extent
          required by
                    Section 16(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                    GNMA Fund

                                         DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND

                         For tax and business reasons, the Fund was
          organized in 1985
                    as a Massachusetts Business Trust and is registered
          with the
                    Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment
          Company
                    Act of 1940 as a diversified, open-end investment
          company,
                    commonly known as a "mutual fund."

                         The Declaration of Trust permits the Board of
          Trustees to
                    issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares
          of a
                    single class.  The Declaration of Trust also provides
          that the
                    Board of Trustees may issue additional series or
          classes of
                    shares.  Each share represents an equal proportionate
          beneficial
                    interest in the Fund.  In the event of the liquidation
          of the
                    Fund, each share is entitled to a pro rata share of the
          net
                    assets of the Fund.













                         Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each
          full share
                    held (and fractional votes for fractional shares held)
          and will
                    vote in the election of or removal of trustees (to the
          extent 


















                    PAGE 132
                    hereinafter provided) and on other matters submitted to
          the vote
                    of shareholders.  There will normally be no meetings of
                    shareholders for the purpose of electing trustees
          unless and
                    until such time as less than a majority of the trustees
          holding
                    office have been elected by shareholders, at which time
          the
                    trustees then in office will call a shareholders'
          meeting for the
                    election of trustees.  Pursuant to Section 16(c) of the
                    Investment Company Act of 1940, holders of record of
          not less
                    than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Fund
          may remove
                    a trustee by a vote cast in person or by proxy at a
          meeting
                    called for that purpose.  Except as set forth above,
          the trustees
                    shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor
          trustees. 
                    Voting rights are not cumulative, so that the holders
          of more
                    than 50% of the shares voting in the election of
          trustees can, if
                    they choose to do so, elect all the trustees of the
          Trust, in
                    which event the holders of the remaining shares will be












          unable to
                    elect any person as a trustee.  No amendments may be
          made to the
                    Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of a
          majority
                    of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

                         Shares have no preemptive or conversion rights;
          the right of
                    redemption and the privilege of exchange are described
          in the
                    prospectus.  Shares are fully paid and nonassessable,
          except as
                    set forth below.  The Trust may be terminated (i) upon
          the sale
                    of its assets to another diversified, open-end
          management
                    investment company, if approved by the vote of the
          holders of
                    two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust, or
          (ii) upon
                    liquidation and distribution of the assets of the
          Trust, if
                    approved by the vote of the holders of a majority of
          the
                    outstanding shares of the Trust.  If not so terminated,
          the Trust
                    will continue indefinitely.

                         Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under
          certain
                    circumstances, be held personally liable for the
          obligations of
                    the Fund.  However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims
                    shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the
          Fund and
                    requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in
          each
                    agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or
          executed by
                    the Fund or a Trustee.  The Declaration of Trust
          provides for
                    indemnification from Fund property for all losses and
          expenses of
                    any shareholder held personally liable for the
          obligations of the
                    Fund.  Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring
          financial loss
                    on account of shareholder liability is limited to
          circumstances
                    in which the Fund itself would be unable to meet its
          obligations,
                    a possibility which T. Rowe Price believes is remote. 
          Upon












                    payment of any liability incurred by the Fund, the
          shareholders
                    of the Fund paying such liability will be entitled to 


















                    PAGE 133
                    reimbursement from the general assets of the Fund.  The
          Trustees
                    intend to conduct the operations of the Fund in such a
          way so as
                    to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the
                    shareholders for liabilities of such Fund.


                                 FEDERAL AND STATE REGISTRATION OF SHARES

                         The Fund's shares are registered for sale under
          the
                    Securities Act of 1933, and the Fund or its shares are
          registered
                    under the laws of all states which require
          registration, as well
                    as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.


                                              LEGAL COUNSEL

                         Shereff, Friedman, Hoffman, & Goodman, L.L.P.,
          whose address
                    is 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, is legal
          counsel
                    to the Fund.


                                         INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

                    GNMA, High Yield, New Income, Prime Reserve, Short-Term
          Bond and












                    Money Funds

                         Price Waterhouse, LLP, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite
          1700,
                    Baltimore, Maryland 21202, are independent accountants
          to the
                    Fund.    

                       Intermediate, Long-Term, Personal Strategy, and
          Short-Term
                    U.S. Government Funds

                         Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P., 217 East Redwood
          Street,
                    Baltimore, Maryland 21202, are independent accountants
          to the
                    Fund.

                         Effective June 1, 1994, Price Waterhouse, LLP will
          be the
                    independent accountants to the Intermediate and
          Long-Term
                    Funds.    

                       Financial Statements (All Funds, except Personal
          Strategy
                    Funds)

                         The financial statements of the Fund for the year
          ended May
                    31, 1994, and the report of independent accountants are
          included
                    in the Fund's Annual Report for the year ended May 31,
          1994.  


















                    PAGE 134
                    Also included are the unaudited financial statements of












          the Funds
                    dated November 30, 1994.  A copy of the Annual and
          Semi-Annual
                    Reports accompany this Statement of Additional
          Information.  The
                    following financial statements and the report of
          independent
                    accountants appearing in the Annual Report for the year
          ended May
                    31, 1994, and the unaudited financial statements for
          the Fund's
                    Semi-Annual Report dated November 30, 1994, are
          incorporated into
                    this Statement of Additional Information by reference:

                                        ANNUAL REPORT REFERENCES:
                        
                                                          HIGH      NEW     
          PRIME
                                                GNMA     YIELD    INCOME   
          RESERVE
                                                ____     ______   _______  
          ________

                    Report of Independent
                      Accountants                13        19       15      
             11
                    Statement of Net Assets,
                      May 31, 1994              7-8      6-13     6-10      
            5-8
                    Statement of Operations, 
                      three months ended
                      May 31, 1994 and year
                      ended February 28, 1994     9        14       11      
              8
                    Statement of Changes in Net
                      Assets, three months
                      ended May 31, 1994 and 
                      years ended February 28,
                      1994 and February 28, 1993 10        15       12      
              9
                    Notes to Financial Statements
                      May 31, 1994            10-12     16-17    12-14      
           9-10
                    Financial Highlights         12        18       14      
             11













































                    PAGE 135
                                                                 U.S.
                                                 SHORT-        TREASURY
                                                TERM BOND       MONEY
                                              _____________  ____________

                    Report of Independent
                      Accountants                    17            22
                    Statement of Net Assets,
                      May 31, 1994                 6-11             7
                    Statement of Operations, 
                      three months ended May 31,
                      1994 and year ended
                      February 28, 1994              12            11
                    Statement of Changes in Net
                      Assets, three months ended
                      May 31, 1994 and years ended
                      February 28, 1994 and
                      February 28, 1993              13            14
                    Notes to Financial Statements
                      May 31, 1994                14-15         17-18
                    Financial Highlights             16            19

                                               SHORT-TERM        U.S.       
           U.S.
                                                  U.S.         TREASURY    
          TREASURY
                                               GOVERNMENT    INTERMEDIATE 
          LONG-TERM












                                             ______________   __________  
          __________

                    Report of Independent
                      Accountants                 13             23         
           23
                    Statement of Net Assets,
                      May 31, 1994               5-7            8-9         
           10
                    Statement of Operations, 
                      three months ended May 31,
                      1994 and year ended
                      February 28, 1994            8             12         
           13
                    Statement of Changes in Net
                      Assets, three months ended
                      May 31, 1994 and years ended
                      February 28, 1994 and
                      February 28, 1993            9             15         
           16
                    Notes to Financial Statements
                      May 31, 1994             10-11          17-18       
          17-18
                    Financial Highlights          12             20         
           21






















                    PAGE 136
                                      SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT REFERENCES:

                                                          HIGH      NEW     
          PRIME
                                                GNMA     YIELD    INCOME   
          RESERVE












                                                ____     ______   _______  
          ________

                    Statement of Net Assets,
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)               4-5      4-10      4-8      
            4-7
                    Statement of Operations, 
                      six months ended
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)                 6        11        8      
              8
                    Statement of Changes in Net
                      Assets, six months ended
                      November 30, 1994, three
                      months ended May 31, 1994
                      and year ended February 28,
                      1994 (unaudited)            7        12        9      
              9
                    Notes to Financial Statements
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)               8-9     13-14    10-11      
           9-10
                    Financial Highlights
                      (unaudited)                10        15       11      
             11




















































                    PAGE 137
                                                                 U.S.
                                                 SHORT-        TREASURY
                                                TERM BOND       MONEY
                                              _____________  ____________

                    Statement of Net Assets,
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)                   4-8           3-4
                    Statement of Operations, 
                      six months ended
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)                     9             7
                    Statement of Changes in Net
                      Assets, six months ended
                      November 30, 1994, three
                      months ended May 31, 1994
                      and year ended February 28,
                      1994 (unaudited)               10             8
                    Notes to Financial Statements
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)                 11-12         11-12
                    Financial Highlights
                      (unaudited)                    13            13

                                               SHORT-TERM        U.S.       
           U.S.
                                                  U.S.         TREASURY    
          TREASURY
                                               GOVERNMENT    INTERMEDIATE 
          LONG-TERM
                                             ______________   __________  
          __________

                    Statement of Net Assets,
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)                4-6            4-5         
          6-7
                    Statement of Operations,
                      six months ended
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)                  7              7         












            7
                    Statement of Changes in Net
                      Assets, six months ended
                      November 30, 1994, three
                      months ended May 31, 1994
                      and year ended February 28,
                      1994 (unaudited)             8              9         
           10
                    Notes to Financial Statements
                      November 30, 1994
                      (unaudited)               9-10          11-12       
          11-12
                    Financial Highlights
                      (unaudited)                 11             14         
           15


















                    PAGE 138

                    
    
   Financial Statements (Personal Strategy Funds)

                         The Statement of Assets and Liabilities of the
          Personal
                    Strategy Funds as of July 25, 1994, included in the
          Statement of
                    Additional Information has been so included in reliance
          on the
                    report of Coopers & Lybrand, given on the authority of
          said firm
                    as experts in auditing and accounting.

                         The financial statements of the Personal Strategy
          Funds for
                    the period July 29, 1994 (commencement of operations)
          to November
                    30, 1994, are included in the Fund's Semi-Annual report
          on pages
                    6-23 and are unaudited for the period shown.  A copy of












          the Semi-
                    Annual report accompanies this Statement of Additional
                    Information.  The following financial statements
          appearing in the
                    Semi-Annual report for the period ended November 30,
          1994, are
                    incorporated into this Statement of Additional
          Information by
                    reference:

                                                              Personal
          Strategy
                                                                Balanced
          Fund
                                                                
          Semi-Annual
                                                                 Report
          Page

                    Portfolio of Investments, November 30, 1994
                       (Unaudited)                                  10-13
                    Statement of Assets & Liabilities,
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 18
                    Statement of Operations, July 29, 1994
                       (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 19
                    Statement of Changes in Net Assets, July 29,
                       1994 (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 20
                    Notes to Financial Statements, 
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                21-22
                    Financial Highlights, July 29, 1994
                       (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 23





































                    PAGE 139
                                                              Personal
          Strategy
                                                                 Growth
          Fund
                                                                
          Semi-Annual
                                                                 Report
          Page

                    Portfolio of Investments, November 30, 1994
                       (Unaudited)                                  14-17
                    Statement of Assets & Liabilities,
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 18
                    Statement of Operations, July 29, 1994
                       (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 19
                    Statement of Changes in Net Assets, July 29,
                       1994 (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 20
                    Notes to Financial Statements, 
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                21-22
                    Financial Highlights, July 29, 1994
                       (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 23

                                                              Personal
          Strategy
                                                                 Income
          Fund
                                                                
          Semi-Annual
                                                                 Report
          Page

                    Portfolio of Investments, November 30, 1994
                       (Unaudited)                                   6-9
                    Statement of Assets & Liabilities,
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 18
                    Statement of Operations, July 29, 1994
                       (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 19
                    Statement of Changes in Net Assets, July 29,
                       1994 (Commencement of Operations) to
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 20
                    Notes to Financial Statements, 
                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                21-22
                    Financial Highlights, July 29, 1994
                       (Commencement of Operations) to












                       November 30, 1994 (Unaudited)                 23
























                    PAGE 140
                                       RATINGS OF COMMERCIAL PAPER

                    
    
   High Yield, Prime Reserve, Short-Term Bond, and
          Short-Term
                    U.S. Government Funds    

                    Moody's Investors Service, Inc.:  The rating of Prime-1
          is the
                    highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's. 
          Among the
                    factors considered by Moody's in assigning ratings are
          the
                    following:  valuation of the management of the issuer;
          economic
                    evaluation of the issuer's industry or industries and
          an
                    appraisal of speculative-type risks which may be
          inherent in
                    certain areas; evaluation of the issuer's products in
          relation to
                    competition and customer acceptance; liquidity; amount
          and
                    quality of long-term debt; trend of earnings over a
          period of 10
                    years; financial strength of the parent company and the
                    relationships which exist with the issuer; and
          recognition by the
                    management of obligations which may be present or may












          arise as a
                    result of public interest questions and preparations to
          meet such
                    obligations.  These factors are all considered in
          determining
                    whether the commercial paper is rated P1, P2, or P3.

                    Standard & Poor's Corporation:  Commercial paper rated
          A (highest
                    quality) by S&P has the following characteristics:
          liquidity
                    ratios are adequate to meet cash requirements;
          long-term senior
                    debt is rated "A" or better, although in some cases
          "BBB" credits
                    may be allowed.  The issuer has access to at least two
          additional
                    channels of borrowing.  Basic earnings and cash flow
          have an
                    upward trend with allowance made for unusual
          circumstances. 
                    Typically, the issuer's industry is well established
          and the
                    issuer has a strong position within the industry.  The
                    reliability and quality of management are unquestioned. 
          The
                    relative strength or weakness of the above factors
          determines
                    whether the issuer's commercial paper is rated A1, A2,
          or A3.

                    Prime Reserve Fund

                    Fitch Investors Service, Inc.:  Fitch 1 - Highest
          grade. 
                    Commercial paper assigned this rating is regarded as
          having the
                    strongest degree of assurance for timely payment. 
          Fitch 2 - Very
                    good grade.  Issues assigned this rating reflect an
          assurance of
                    timely payment only slightly less in degree than the
          strongest
                    issues.


































                    PAGE 141
                                   RATINGS OF CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES

                       High Yield, New Income, Personal Strategy,
          Short-Term Bond,
                    and Short-Term U.S. Government Funds    

                    Moody's Investors Services, Inc. (Moody's)

                       Aaa-Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best
          quality. 
                    They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and
          are
                    generally referred to as "gilt edge."

                       Aa-Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality
          by all
                    standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise
          what are
                    generally known as high grade bonds.

                       A-Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment
          attributes
                    and are to be considered as upper medium grade
          obligations.

                       Baa-Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium grade
                    obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected
          nor poorly
                    secured.  Interest payments and principal security
          appear
                    adequate for the present but certain protective
          elements may be
                    lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over
          any great
                    length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment
                    characteristics and in fact have speculative
          characteristics as
                    well.

                       Ba-Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative
          elements:












                    their futures cannot be considered as well assured. 
          Often the
                    protection of interest and principal payments may be
          very
                    moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both
          good and
                    bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position
          characterize
                    bonds in this class.

                       B-Bonds rated B generally lack the characteristics
          of a
                    desirable investment.  Assurance of interest and
          principal
                    payments or of maintenance of other terms of the
          contract over
                    any long period of time may be small.

                       Caa-Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such
          issues may be
                    in default or there may be present elements of danger
          with
                    respect to principal or interest.

                       Ca-Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are
          speculative
                    in a high degree.  Such issues are often in default or
          have other
                    marked short-comings.



















                    PAGE 142
                    Standard & Poor's Corporation (S&P)

                       AAA-This is the highest rating assigned by Standard
          & Poor's
                    to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong












          capacity
                    to pay principal and interest.

                       AA-Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt
                    obligations.  Capacity to pay principal and interest is
          very
                    strong.

                       A-Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay
          principal and
                    interest, although they are somewhat more susceptible
          to the
                    adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
          economic
                    conditions.

                       BBB-Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an
          adequate
                    capacity to pay principal and interest.  Whereas they
          normally
                    exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse
          economic
                    conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to
          lead to a
                    weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for
          bonds in this
                    category than for bonds in the A category.

                       BB, C, CCC, CC-Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, and CC are
          regarded on
                    balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
          the
                    issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. 
          BB
                    indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the
          highest
                    degree of speculation.  While such bonds will likely
          have some
                    quality and protective characteristics, these are
          outweighed by
                    large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse
                    conditions.

                    Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

                       AAA-High grade, broadly marketable, suitable for
          investment by
                    trustees and fiduciary institutions, and liable to but
          slight
                    market fluctuation other than through changes in the
          money rate. 
                    The prime feature of a "AAA" bond is the showing of
          earnings
                    several times or many times interest requirements for












          such
                    stability of applicable interest that safety is beyond
          reasonable
                    question whenever changes occur in conditions.  Other
          features
                    may enter, such as a wide margin of protection through
                    collateral, security or direct lien on specific
          property. 
                    Sinking funds or voluntary reduction of debt by call or
          purchase
                    or often factors, while guarantee or assumption by
          parties other
                    than the original debtor may influence their rating.  




















                    PAGE 143
                       AA-Of safety virtually beyond question and readily
          salable. 
                    Their merits are not greatly unlike those of "AAA"
          class but a
                    bond so rated may be junior though of strong lien, or
          the margin
                    of safety is less strikingly broad.  The issue may be
          the
                    obligation of a small company, strongly secured, but
          influenced
                    as to rating by the lesser financial power of the
          enterprise and
                    more local type of market.





































































                    PAGE 144
                    T. ROWE PRICE PERSONAL STRATEGY FUNDS, INC.
                    STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                    JULY 25, 1994












                                                        Balanced   Growth   
          Income
                                                          Fund      Fund    
           Fund

                    Assets
                       Receivable for Fund shares sold  $30,000   $30,000  
          $40,000
                       Deferred organizational expenses  42,507    42,507   
          42,507
                                                        _______   _______  
          _______
                                 Total assets            72,507    72,507   
          82,507

                    Liabilities
                       Amount due Manager                39,407    39,407   
          39,407
                       Accrued expenses                   3,100     3,100   
           3,100
                                                        _______   _______  
          _______
                                 Total liabilities       42,507    42,507   
          42,507
                                                        _______   _______  
          _______

                    Net Assets - offering and redemption
                       price of $10.00 per share; 1,000,000,000
                       shares of $0.0001 par value capital
                       stock authorized, 3,000 shares
                       outstanding                      $30,000   $30,000
                                                        =======   =======

                    Net Assets - offering and redemption
                       price of $10.00 per share; 1,000,000,000
                       shares of $0.0001 par value capital
                       stock authorized, 4,000 shares
                       outstanding                                         
          $40,000
                                                                           
          =======
                               NOTE TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                       T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Fund, Inc. (the
          "Corporation")
                    was organized on May 21, 1994, as a Maryland
          corporation and is
                    registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
          The
                    Corporation is a series fund, of which the T. Rowe
          Price Personal
                    Strategy Balanced Fund, T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy
          Growth












                    Fund and the T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Income
          Fund (the
                    "Funds"), diversified, open-end management investment
          companies
                    are the only funds currently established.  The
          Corporation has
                    had no operations other than those matters related to
                    organization and registration as an investment company,
          the
                    registration of shares for sale under the Securities
          Act of 1933,
                    and the sale of 3,000 shares of the T. Rowe Price
          Personal 


















                    PAGE 145
                    Strategy Balanced Fund at $10.00 per share, the sale of
          3,000
                    shares of the T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Growth
          Fund at
                    $10.00 per share,  the sale of 4,000 shares of the T.
          Rowe Price
                    Personal Strategy Income Fund at $10.00 per share on
          July 25,
                    1994 to T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.  Each Fund's
          receivable
                    for fund shares sold was funded by T. Rowe Price
          Associates, Inc.
                    on July 26, 1994.  The Funds have entered into an
          investment
                    management agreement with T. Rowe Price Associates,
          Inc. (the
                    Manager) which is described in the Statement of
          Additional
                    Information under the heading "Investment Management
          Services."
                       Organizational expenses of $42,507 for each fund
          have been












                    accrued at July 25, 1994, and will be amortized on a
          straight-
                    line basis over a period not to exceed sixty months. 
          The Manager
                    has agreed to advance certain organizational expenses
          incurred by
                    the Funds and will be reimbursed for such expenses
          approximately
                    six months after the commencement of the Fund's
          operations.
                       The Manager has agreed that in the event any of its
          initial
                    shares are redeemed during the 60-month amortization
          period of
                    the deferred organizational expenses, proceeds from a
          redemption
                    of the shares representing the initial capital will be
          reduced by
                    a pro rata portion of any unamortized organizational
          expenses.























































                    PAGE 146
                                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


                    To the Board of Directors of
                    T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Funds, Inc.:


                       We have audited the accompanying statement of assets
          and
                    liabilities of the T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy
          Funds, Inc.
                    (the "Funds"), comprised of the T. Rowe Price Personal
          Strategy
                    Balanced Fund, T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Growth
          Fund, and
                    T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Income Fund, as of July
          25, 1994. 
                    This financial statement is the responsibility of the
          Funds'
                    management.  Our responsibility is to express an
          opinion of this
                    financial statement based on our audit.

                       We conducted our audit in accordance with generally
          accepted
                    auditing standards.  Those standards require that we
          plan and
                    perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
          whether
                    the financial statement is free of material
          misstatement.  An
                    audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
          supporting
                    the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. 
          An audit
                    also includes assessing the accounting principles used
          and
                    significant estimates made by management, as well as
          evaluating
                    the overall financial statement presentation.  We
          believe that
                    our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                       In our opinion, the statement of assets and












          liabilities
                    referred to above presents fairly, in all material
          respects, the
                    financial position of the T. Rowe Price Personal
          Strategy Funds,
                    Inc. as of July 25, 1994, in conformity with generally
          accepted
                    accounting principles.


                    /s/Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P.
                    COOPERS & LYBRAND, L.L.P.
                    Baltimore, Maryland
                    July 26, 1994



























                    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission